]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* bootstrap: Get runtime translations into runtime-po.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
150 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
151
152 Examples
153
154 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
155 a first example with no operator precedence.
156 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
157 Operator precedence is introduced.
158 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
159 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
160 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
161 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
162 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
163
164 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
165
166 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
167 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
168 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
169 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
170 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
171 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
172 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
173
174 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
175
176 * Rpcalc Input::
177 * Rpcalc Line::
178 * Rpcalc Expr::
179
180 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
181
182 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
183 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
184 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
185
186 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
187
188 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
189 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
190 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
191
192 Bison Grammar Files
193
194 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
195 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
196 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
197 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
198 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
199 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
200 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
201 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
202
203 Outline of a Bison Grammar
204
205 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
206 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
207 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
208 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
209
210 Defining Language Semantics
211
212 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
213 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
214 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
215 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
216 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
217 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
218 action in the middle of a rule.
219
220 Tracking Locations
221
222 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
223 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
224 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
225
226 Bison Declarations
227
228 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
229 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
230 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
231 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
232 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
233 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
234 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
235 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
236 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
237 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
238
239 Parser C-Language Interface
240
241 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
242 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
243 which reads tokens.
244 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
245 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
246 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
247 native language.
248
249 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
250
251 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
252 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
253 of the token it has read.
254 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
255 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
256 actions want that.
257 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
258 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
259
260 The Bison Parser Algorithm
261
262 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
263 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
264 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
265 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
266 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
267 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
268 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
269 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
270 * Stack Overflow:: What happens when stack gets full. How to avoid it.
271
272 Operator Precedence
273
274 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
275 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
276 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
277 * How Precedence:: How they work.
278
279 Handling Context Dependencies
280
281 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
282 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
283 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
284 error recovery rules must be written.
285
286 Debugging Your Parser
287
288 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
289 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
290
291 Invoking Bison
292
293 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
294 in alphabetical order by short options.
295 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
296 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
297
298 C++ Language Interface
299
300 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
301 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
302
303 C++ Parsers
304
305 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
306 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
307 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
308 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
309 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
310
311 A Complete C++ Example
312
313 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
314 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
315 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
316 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
317 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
318
319 Frequently Asked Questions
320
321 * Parser Stack Overflow:: Breaking the Stack Limits
322 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
323 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
324 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
325
326 Copying This Manual
327
328 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
329
330 @end detailmenu
331 @end menu
332
333 @node Introduction
334 @unnumbered Introduction
335 @cindex introduction
336
337 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
338 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
339 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
340 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
341 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
342
343 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
344 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
345 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
346 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
347
348 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
349 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
350 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
351 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
352
353 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
354 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
355 multi-character string literals and other features.
356
357 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
358
359 @node Conditions
360 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
361
362 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
363 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
364 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
365 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
366
367 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
368 compiler, have never
369 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
370 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
371 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
372 License to all of the Bison source code.
373
374 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
375 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
376 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
377 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
378 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
379 @code{yyparse},
380 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
381
382 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
383 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
384 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
385 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
386 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
387 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
388
389 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
390 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
391 as usual. You can
392 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
393 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
394 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
395 that output file without restriction.''
396
397 @include gpl.texi
398
399 @node Concepts
400 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
401
402 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
403 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
404 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
405
406 @menu
407 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
408 as mathematical ideas.
409 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
410 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
411 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
412 the name of an identifier, etc.).
413 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
414 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
415 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
416 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
417 how is the output used?
418 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
419 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
420 @end menu
421
422 @node Language and Grammar
423 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
424
425 @cindex context-free grammar
426 @cindex grammar, context-free
427 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
428 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
429 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
430 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
431 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
432 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
433 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
434 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
435 recursion.
436
437 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
438 @cindex Backus-Naur form
439 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
440 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
441 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
442 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
443 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
444
445 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
446 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
447 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
448 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
449 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
450 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
451 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
452 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
454 restrictions that are
455 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
456 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
457 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
458 more information on this.
459
460 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
461 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
462 @cindex ambiguous grammars
463 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
464
465 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
466 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
467 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
468 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
469 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
470 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
471 grammars can be @dfn{non-deterministic}, meaning that no fixed
472 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
473 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
474 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
475 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
476 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
477 possible parses of any given string is finite.
478
479 @cindex symbols (abstract)
480 @cindex token
481 @cindex syntactic grouping
482 @cindex grouping, syntactic
483 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
484 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
485 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
486 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
487 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
488 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
489 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
490
491 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
492 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
493 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
494 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
495 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
496 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
497 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
498 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
499 lexicography, not grammar.)
500
501 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
502
503 @ifinfo
504 @example
505 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
506 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
507 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
508 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
509 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
510 identifier, semicolon} */
511 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
512 @end example
513 @end ifinfo
514 @ifnotinfo
515 @example
516 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
517 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
518 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
519 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
520 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
521 @end example
522 @end ifnotinfo
523
524 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
525 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
526 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
527 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
528 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
529 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
530 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
531 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
532
533 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
534 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
535 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
536 reads informally as follows:
537
538 @quotation
539 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
540 `semicolon'.
541 @end quotation
542
543 @noindent
544 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
545 statement in C.
546
547 @cindex start symbol
548 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
549 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
550 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
551 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
552 plays this role.
553
554 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
555 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
556 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
557 not the start symbol.
558
559 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
560 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
561 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
562 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
563 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
564 reports a syntax error.
565
566 @node Grammar in Bison
567 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
568 @cindex Bison grammar
569 @cindex grammar, Bison
570 @cindex formal grammar
571
572 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
573 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
574 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
575
576 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
577 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
578 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
579
580 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
581 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
582 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
583 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
584 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
585 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
586 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
587 @xref{Symbols}.
588
589 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
590 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
591 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
592 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
593
594 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
595 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
596
597 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
598 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
599 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
600 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
601 used in every rule.
602
603 @example
604 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
605 ;
606 @end example
607
608 @noindent
609 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
610
611 @node Semantic Values
612 @section Semantic Values
613 @cindex semantic value
614 @cindex value, semantic
615
616 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
617 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
618 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
619 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
620 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
621 grammatical.
622
623 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
624 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
625 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
626 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
627 ,Defining Language Semantics},
628 for details.
629
630 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
631 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
632 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
633 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
634 except their types.
635
636 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
637 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
638 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
639 need to have any semantic value.)
640
641 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
642 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
643 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
644 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
645 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
646 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
647
648 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
649 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
650 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
651 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
652 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
653
654 @node Semantic Actions
655 @section Semantic Actions
656 @cindex semantic actions
657 @cindex actions, semantic
658
659 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
660 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
661 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
662 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
663 @xref{Actions}.
664
665 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
666 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
667 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
668 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
669 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
670 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
671 newly recognized larger expression.
672
673 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
674 two subexpressions:
675
676 @example
677 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
678 ;
679 @end example
680
681 @noindent
682 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
683 from the values of the two subexpressions.
684
685 @node GLR Parsers
686 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
687 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
688 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
689 @findex %glr-parser
690 @cindex conflicts
691 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
692 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
693
694 In some grammars, Bison's standard
695 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
696 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
697 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
698 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
699 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
700 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
701 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
702 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
703
704 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
705 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
706 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
707 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
708 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
709 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
710 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
711 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
712 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
713 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
714 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
715 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
716 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
717 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
718 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
719 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
720 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
721 identical set of symbols.
722
723 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
724 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
725 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
726 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
727 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
728 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
729 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
730 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
731 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
732 merged result.
733
734 @menu
735 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
736 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
737 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
738 @end menu
739
740 @node Simple GLR Parsers
741 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
742 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
743 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
744 @findex %glr-parser
745 @findex %expect-rr
746 @cindex conflicts
747 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
748 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
749
750 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
751 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
752 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
753 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
754 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
755 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
756
757 Consider a problem that
758 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
759 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
760
761 @example
762 type subrange = lo .. hi;
763 type enum = (a, b, c);
764 @end example
765
766 @noindent
767 The original language standard allows only numeric
768 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
769 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
770 10206) and many other
771 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
772 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
773 parentheses:
774
775 @example
776 type subrange = (a) .. b;
777 @end example
778
779 @noindent
780 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
781 type with only one value:
782
783 @example
784 type enum = (a);
785 @end example
786
787 @noindent
788 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
789 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
790
791 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
792 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
793 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
794 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
795 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
796 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
797 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
798 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
799
800 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
801 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
802 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
803 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
804 expressions.
805
806 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
807 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
808 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
809 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
810 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
811 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
812 work.
813
814 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
815 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
816 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
817 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
818 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
819 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
820 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
821 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
822 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
823 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
824 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
825
826 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
827 reports a syntax error as usual.
828
829 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
830 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
831 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
832 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
833 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
834
835 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
836 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
837 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
838 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
839 The present example contains only one conflict between two
840 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
841 cannot be nested. So the number of
842 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
843 and the parsing time is still linear.
844
845 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
846 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
847
848 @example
849 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
850
851 @group
852 %left '+' '-'
853 %left '*' '/'
854 @end group
855
856 %%
857
858 @group
859 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
860 ;
861 @end group
862
863 @group
864 type : '(' id_list ')'
865 | expr DOTDOT expr
866 ;
867 @end group
868
869 @group
870 id_list : ID
871 | id_list ',' ID
872 ;
873 @end group
874
875 @group
876 expr : '(' expr ')'
877 | expr '+' expr
878 | expr '-' expr
879 | expr '*' expr
880 | expr '/' expr
881 | ID
882 ;
883 @end group
884 @end example
885
886 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
887 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
888 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
889 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
890 recognized:
891
892 @example
893 type t = (a) .. b;
894 @end example
895
896 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
897 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
898 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
899 @samp{%%}):
900
901 @example
902 %glr-parser
903 %expect-rr 1
904 @end example
905
906 @noindent
907 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
908 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
909 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
910 notice when the parser splits.
911
912 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR}, almost
913 without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however, there
914 are at least two potential problems to beware.
915 First, always analyze the conflicts reported by
916 Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR} splitting is only done where it is
917 intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser splitting inadvertently may cause
918 problems less obvious than an @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the
919 wrong alternative in a conflict.
920 Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic Tokens})
921 with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens
922 without performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot
923 obtain information via parser actions. Some cases of
924 lexer interactions can be eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to
925 shift the complications from the lexer to the parser. You must check
926 the remaining cases for correctness.
927
928 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens
929 based on their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new
930 symbols are defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it
931 is possible for a parser to define the enumeration
932 constants as they are parsed, before the type declaration is
933 completed, it actually makes no difference since they cannot be used
934 within the same enumerated type declaration.
935
936 @node Merging GLR Parses
937 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
938 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
939 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @findex %dprec
941 @findex %merge
942 @cindex conflicts
943 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
944
945 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
946
947 @example
948 %@{
949 #include <stdio.h>
950 #define YYSTYPE char const *
951 int yylex (void);
952 void yyerror (char const *);
953 %@}
954
955 %token TYPENAME ID
956
957 %right '='
958 %left '+'
959
960 %glr-parser
961
962 %%
963
964 prog :
965 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
966 ;
967
968 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
969 | decl %dprec 2
970 ;
971
972 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
973 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
974 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
975 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
976 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
977 ;
978
979 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
980 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
981 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
982 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
983 ;
984
985 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
986 | '(' declarator ')'
987 ;
988 @end example
989
990 @noindent
991 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
992 certain declarations and statements. For example,
993
994 @example
995 T (x) = y+z;
996 @end example
997
998 @noindent
999 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1000 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1001 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1002 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1003 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1004 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1005 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1006 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1007 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1008 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1009 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1010 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1011 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1012 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1013
1014 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1015 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1016 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1017 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1018 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1019 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1020 The parser therefore prints
1021
1022 @example
1023 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1024 @end example
1025
1026 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1027 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1028
1029 @example
1030 T (x) + y;
1031 @end example
1032
1033 @noindent
1034 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1035 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1036 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1037 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1038 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1039 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1040 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1041 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1042 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1043 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1044
1045 @example
1046 x T <cast> y +
1047 @end example
1048
1049 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1050 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1051 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1052 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1053 follows:
1054
1055 @example
1056 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1057 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 ;
1059 @end example
1060
1061 @noindent
1062 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1063
1064 @example
1065 static YYSTYPE
1066 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1067 @{
1068 printf ("<OR> ");
1069 return "";
1070 @}
1071 @end example
1072
1073 @noindent
1074 with an accompanying forward declaration
1075 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1076
1077 @example
1078 %@{
1079 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1080 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1081 %@}
1082 @end example
1083
1084 @noindent
1085 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1086 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1087
1088 @example
1089 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1090 @end example
1091
1092 Bison requires that all of the
1093 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1094 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1095 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1096 the offending merge.
1097
1098 @node Compiler Requirements
1099 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1100 @cindex @code{inline}
1101 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1102
1103 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1104 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1105 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1106 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1107 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1108 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1109
1110 @example
1111 %@{
1112 #include <config.h>
1113 %@}
1114 @end example
1115
1116 @noindent
1117 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1118
1119 @example
1120 %@{
1121 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1122 #define inline
1123 #endif
1124 %@}
1125 @end example
1126
1127 @node Locations Overview
1128 @section Locations
1129 @cindex location
1130 @cindex textual location
1131 @cindex location, textual
1132
1133 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1134 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1135 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1136 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1137
1138 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1139 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1140 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1141 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1142
1143 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1144 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1145 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1146 @code{@@3}.
1147
1148 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1149 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1150 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1151 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1152 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1153 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1154 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1155
1156 @node Bison Parser
1157 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1158 @cindex Bison parser
1159 @cindex Bison utility
1160 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1161 @cindex parser
1162
1163 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1164 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1165 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1166 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1167 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1168 program.
1169
1170 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1171 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1172 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1173 uses.
1174
1175 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1176 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1177 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1178 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1179 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1180 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1181 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1182
1183 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1184 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1185 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1186 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1187 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1188 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1189 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1190 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1191
1192 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1193 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1194 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1195 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1196 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1197 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1198 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1199 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1200 this manual.
1201
1202 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1203 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1204 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>},
1205 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1206 declare memory allocators and related types. Other system headers may
1207 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1208 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1209
1210 @node Stages
1211 @section Stages in Using Bison
1212 @cindex stages in using Bison
1213 @cindex using Bison
1214
1215 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1216 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1217
1218 @enumerate
1219 @item
1220 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1221 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1222 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1223 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1224 sequence of C statements.
1225
1226 @item
1227 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1228 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1229 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1230 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1231
1232 @item
1233 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1234
1235 @item
1236 Write error-reporting routines.
1237 @end enumerate
1238
1239 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1240 must follow these steps:
1241
1242 @enumerate
1243 @item
1244 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1245
1246 @item
1247 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1248
1249 @item
1250 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1251 @end enumerate
1252
1253 @node Grammar Layout
1254 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1255 @cindex grammar file
1256 @cindex file format
1257 @cindex format of grammar file
1258 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1259
1260 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1261 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1262
1263 @example
1264 %@{
1265 @var{Prologue}
1266 %@}
1267
1268 @var{Bison declarations}
1269
1270 %%
1271 @var{Grammar rules}
1272 %%
1273 @var{Epilogue}
1274 @end example
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1278 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1279
1280 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1281 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1282 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1283 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1284 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1285 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1286
1287 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1288 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1289 semantic values of various symbols.
1290
1291 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1292 parts.
1293
1294 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1295 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1296 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1297
1298 @node Examples
1299 @chapter Examples
1300 @cindex simple examples
1301 @cindex examples, simple
1302
1303 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1304 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1305 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1306 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1307 desk-top calculator.
1308
1309 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1310 languages are written the same way.
1311 @ifinfo
1312 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1313 to try them.
1314 @end ifinfo
1315
1316 @menu
1317 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1318 a first example with no operator precedence.
1319 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1320 Operator precedence is introduced.
1321 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1322 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1323 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1324 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1325 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1326 @end menu
1327
1328 @node RPN Calc
1329 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1330 @cindex reverse polish notation
1331 @cindex polish notation calculator
1332 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1333 @cindex calculator, simple
1334
1335 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1336 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1337 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1338 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1339
1340 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1341 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1342
1343 @menu
1344 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1345 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1346 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1347 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1348 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1349 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1350 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1351 @end menu
1352
1353 @node Rpcalc Decls
1354 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1355
1356 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1357 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1358
1359 @example
1360 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1361
1362 %@{
1363 #define YYSTYPE double
1364 #include <math.h>
1365 int yylex (void);
1366 void yyerror (char const *);
1367 %@}
1368
1369 %token NUM
1370
1371 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1372 @end example
1373
1374 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1375 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1376
1377 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1378 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1379 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1380 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1381 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1382 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1383 which is a floating point number.
1384
1385 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1386 function @code{pow}.
1387
1388 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1389 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1390 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1391 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1392 prologue.
1393
1394 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1395 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1396 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1397 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1398 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1399 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1400 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1401 type for numeric constants.
1402
1403 @node Rpcalc Rules
1404 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1405
1406 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1407
1408 @example
1409 input: /* empty */
1410 | input line
1411 ;
1412
1413 line: '\n'
1414 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1415 ;
1416
1417 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1418 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1419 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1420 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1421 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1422 /* Exponentiation */
1423 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1424 /* Unary minus */
1425 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1426 ;
1427 %%
1428 @end example
1429
1430 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1431 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1432 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1433 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1434 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1435 mean.
1436
1437 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1438 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1439 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1440
1441 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1442 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1443 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1444 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1445 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1446 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1447
1448 @menu
1449 * Rpcalc Input::
1450 * Rpcalc Line::
1451 * Rpcalc Expr::
1452 @end menu
1453
1454 @node Rpcalc Input
1455 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1456
1457 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1458
1459 @example
1460 input: /* empty */
1461 | input line
1462 ;
1463 @end example
1464
1465 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1466 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1467 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1468 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1469 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1470
1471 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1472 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1473 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1474 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1475 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1476 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1477
1478 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1479 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1480 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1481 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1482 more times.
1483
1484 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1485 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1486 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1487
1488 @node Rpcalc Line
1489 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1490
1491 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1492
1493 @example
1494 line: '\n'
1495 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1496 ;
1497 @end example
1498
1499 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1500 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1501 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1502 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1503 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1504 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1505 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1506
1507 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1508 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1509 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1510 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1511 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1512
1513 @node Rpcalc Expr
1514 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1515
1516 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1517 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1518 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1519 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1520
1521 @example
1522 exp: NUM
1523 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1524 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1525 @dots{}
1526 ;
1527 @end example
1528
1529 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1530 equally well have written them separately:
1531
1532 @example
1533 exp: NUM ;
1534 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1535 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1536 @dots{}
1537 @end example
1538
1539 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1540 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1541 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1542 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1543 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1544 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1545 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1546 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1547
1548 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1549 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1550 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1551
1552 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1553 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1554 For example, this:
1555
1556 @example
1557 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1558 @end example
1559
1560 @noindent
1561 means the same thing as this:
1562
1563 @example
1564 exp: NUM
1565 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1566 | @dots{}
1567 ;
1568 @end example
1569
1570 @noindent
1571 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1572
1573 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1574 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1575 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1576 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1577
1578 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1579 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1580 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1581 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1582
1583 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1584 calculator. This
1585 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1586 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1587 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1588 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1589
1590 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1591 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1592 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1593 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1594 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1595 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1596 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1597 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1598 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1599
1600 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1601 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1602 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1603 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1604 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1605
1606 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1607 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1608
1609 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1610
1611 @example
1612 @group
1613 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1614 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1615 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1616 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1617
1618 #include <ctype.h>
1619 @end group
1620
1621 @group
1622 int
1623 yylex (void)
1624 @{
1625 int c;
1626
1627 /* Skip white space. */
1628 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1629 ;
1630 @end group
1631 @group
1632 /* Process numbers. */
1633 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1634 @{
1635 ungetc (c, stdin);
1636 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1637 return NUM;
1638 @}
1639 @end group
1640 @group
1641 /* Return end-of-input. */
1642 if (c == EOF)
1643 return 0;
1644 /* Return a single char. */
1645 return c;
1646 @}
1647 @end group
1648 @end example
1649
1650 @node Rpcalc Main
1651 @subsection The Controlling Function
1652 @cindex controlling function
1653 @cindex main function in simple example
1654
1655 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1656 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1657 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1658
1659 @example
1660 @group
1661 int
1662 main (void)
1663 @{
1664 return yyparse ();
1665 @}
1666 @end group
1667 @end example
1668
1669 @node Rpcalc Error
1670 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1671 @cindex error reporting routine
1672
1673 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1674 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1675 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1676 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1677 here is the definition we will use:
1678
1679 @example
1680 @group
1681 #include <stdio.h>
1682
1683 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1684 void
1685 yyerror (char const *s)
1686 @{
1687 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1688 @}
1689 @end group
1690 @end example
1691
1692 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1693 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1694 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1695 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1696 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1697 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1698
1699 @node Rpcalc Gen
1700 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1701 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1702
1703 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1704 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1705 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1706 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1707 end, in the epilogue of the file
1708 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1709
1710 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1711 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1712
1713 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1714 convert it into a parser file:
1715
1716 @example
1717 bison @var{file_name}.y
1718 @end example
1719
1720 @noindent
1721 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1722 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file_name}.tab.c},
1723 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1724 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1725 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1726 are copied verbatim to the output.
1727
1728 @node Rpcalc Compile
1729 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1730 @cindex compiling the parser
1731
1732 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1733
1734 @example
1735 @group
1736 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1737 $ @kbd{ls}
1738 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1739 @end group
1740
1741 @group
1742 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1743 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1744 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1745 @end group
1746
1747 @group
1748 # @r{List files again.}
1749 $ @kbd{ls}
1750 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1751 @end group
1752 @end example
1753
1754 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1755 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1756
1757 @example
1758 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1759 @kbd{4 9 +}
1760 13
1761 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1762 -13
1763 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1764 13
1765 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1766 -3.166666667
1767 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1768 81
1769 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1770 $
1771 @end example
1772
1773 @node Infix Calc
1774 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1775 @cindex infix notation calculator
1776 @cindex @code{calc}
1777 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1778
1779 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1780 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1781 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1782 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1783
1784 @example
1785 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1786
1787 %@{
1788 #define YYSTYPE double
1789 #include <math.h>
1790 #include <stdio.h>
1791 int yylex (void);
1792 void yyerror (char const *);
1793 %@}
1794
1795 /* Bison declarations. */
1796 %token NUM
1797 %left '-' '+'
1798 %left '*' '/'
1799 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1800 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1801
1802 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1803 input: /* empty */
1804 | input line
1805 ;
1806
1807 line: '\n'
1808 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1809 ;
1810
1811 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1812 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1813 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1814 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1815 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1816 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1817 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1818 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1819 ;
1820 %%
1821 @end example
1822
1823 @noindent
1824 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1825 same as before.
1826
1827 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1828
1829 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1830 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1831 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1832 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1833 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1834 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1835 the associativity.)
1836
1837 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1838 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1839 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1840 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1841 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1842 Precedence}.
1843
1844 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1845 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1846 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1847 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1848 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1849
1850 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1851
1852 @need 500
1853 @example
1854 $ @kbd{calc}
1855 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1856 6.880952381
1857 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1858 -54
1859 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1860 9
1861 @end example
1862
1863 @node Simple Error Recovery
1864 @section Simple Error Recovery
1865 @cindex error recovery, simple
1866
1867 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1868 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1869 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1870 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1871 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1872 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1873
1874 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1875 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1876 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1877
1878 @example
1879 @group
1880 line: '\n'
1881 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1882 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1883 ;
1884 @end group
1885 @end example
1886
1887 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1888 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1889 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1890 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1891 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1892 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1893 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1894 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1895 misprint.
1896
1897 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1898 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1899 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1900 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1901 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1902 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1903 Bison programs.
1904
1905 @node Location Tracking Calc
1906 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1907 @cindex location tracking calculator
1908 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1909 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1910
1911 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1912 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1913 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1914 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1915 analyzer.
1916
1917 @menu
1918 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1919 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1920 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1921 @end menu
1922
1923 @node Ltcalc Decls
1924 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1925
1926 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1927 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1928
1929 @example
1930 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1931
1932 %@{
1933 #define YYSTYPE int
1934 #include <math.h>
1935 int yylex (void);
1936 void yyerror (char const *);
1937 %@}
1938
1939 /* Bison declarations. */
1940 %token NUM
1941
1942 %left '-' '+'
1943 %left '*' '/'
1944 %left NEG
1945 %right '^'
1946
1947 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1948 @end example
1949
1950 @noindent
1951 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1952 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1953 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1954 four member structure with the following integer fields:
1955 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
1956 @code{last_column}.
1957
1958 @node Ltcalc Rules
1959 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
1960
1961 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
1962 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
1963 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
1964 from the new information.
1965
1966 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
1967 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
1968
1969 @example
1970 @group
1971 input : /* empty */
1972 | input line
1973 ;
1974 @end group
1975
1976 @group
1977 line : '\n'
1978 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
1979 ;
1980 @end group
1981
1982 @group
1983 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1984 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1985 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1986 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1987 @end group
1988 @group
1989 | exp '/' exp
1990 @{
1991 if ($3)
1992 $$ = $1 / $3;
1993 else
1994 @{
1995 $$ = 1;
1996 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
1997 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
1998 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
1999 @}
2000 @}
2001 @end group
2002 @group
2003 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2004 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2005 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2006 @end group
2007 @end example
2008
2009 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2010 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2011 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2012
2013 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2014 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2015 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2016 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2017 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2018 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2019 hand.
2020
2021 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2022 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2023
2024 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2025 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2026 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2027 semantic values.
2028
2029 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2030 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2031
2032 @example
2033 @group
2034 int
2035 yylex (void)
2036 @{
2037 int c;
2038 @end group
2039
2040 @group
2041 /* Skip white space. */
2042 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2043 ++yylloc.last_column;
2044 @end group
2045
2046 @group
2047 /* Step. */
2048 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2049 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2050 @end group
2051
2052 @group
2053 /* Process numbers. */
2054 if (isdigit (c))
2055 @{
2056 yylval = c - '0';
2057 ++yylloc.last_column;
2058 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2059 @{
2060 ++yylloc.last_column;
2061 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2062 @}
2063 ungetc (c, stdin);
2064 return NUM;
2065 @}
2066 @end group
2067
2068 /* Return end-of-input. */
2069 if (c == EOF)
2070 return 0;
2071
2072 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2073 if (c == '\n')
2074 @{
2075 ++yylloc.last_line;
2076 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2077 @}
2078 else
2079 ++yylloc.last_column;
2080 return c;
2081 @}
2082 @end example
2083
2084 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2085 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2086 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2087 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2088
2089 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2090 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2091 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2092 controlling function:
2093
2094 @example
2095 @group
2096 int
2097 main (void)
2098 @{
2099 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2100 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2101 return yyparse ();
2102 @}
2103 @end group
2104 @end example
2105
2106 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2107 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2108 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2109
2110 @node Multi-function Calc
2111 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2112 @cindex multi-function calculator
2113 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2114 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2115
2116 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2117 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2118 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2119 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2120 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2121
2122 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2123 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2124 back all nonnumber characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2125 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2126 functions whose syntax has this form:
2127
2128 @example
2129 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2130 @end example
2131
2132 @noindent
2133 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2134 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2135 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2136
2137 @example
2138 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2139 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2140 3.1415926536
2141 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2142 0.0000000000
2143 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2144 2.3000000000
2145 @kbd{alpha}
2146 2.3000000000
2147 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2148 0.8329091229
2149 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2150 2.3000000000
2151 $
2152 @end example
2153
2154 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2155
2156 @menu
2157 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2158 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2159 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2160 @end menu
2161
2162 @node Mfcalc Decl
2163 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2164
2165 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2166
2167 @smallexample
2168 @group
2169 %@{
2170 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2171 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2172 int yylex (void);
2173 void yyerror (char const *);
2174 %@}
2175 @end group
2176 @group
2177 %union @{
2178 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2179 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2180 @}
2181 @end group
2182 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2183 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2184 %type <val> exp
2185
2186 @group
2187 %right '='
2188 %left '-' '+'
2189 %left '*' '/'
2190 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2191 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2192 @end group
2193 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2194 @end smallexample
2195
2196 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2197 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2198 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2199
2200 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2201 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2202 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2203 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2204
2205 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2206 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2207 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2208 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2209 between angle brackets).
2210
2211 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2212 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2213 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2214 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2215 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2216 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2217
2218 @node Mfcalc Rules
2219 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2220
2221 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2222 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2223 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2224
2225 @smallexample
2226 @group
2227 input: /* empty */
2228 | input line
2229 ;
2230 @end group
2231
2232 @group
2233 line:
2234 '\n'
2235 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2236 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2237 ;
2238 @end group
2239
2240 @group
2241 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2242 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2243 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2244 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2245 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2246 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2247 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2248 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2249 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2250 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2251 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2252 ;
2253 @end group
2254 /* End of grammar. */
2255 %%
2256 @end smallexample
2257
2258 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2259 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2260 @cindex symbol table example
2261
2262 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2263 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2264 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2265 requires some additional C functions for support.
2266
2267 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2268 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2269 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2270
2271 @smallexample
2272 @group
2273 /* Function type. */
2274 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2275 @end group
2276
2277 @group
2278 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2279 struct symrec
2280 @{
2281 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2282 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2283 union
2284 @{
2285 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2286 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2287 @} value;
2288 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2289 @};
2290 @end group
2291
2292 @group
2293 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2294
2295 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2296 extern symrec *sym_table;
2297
2298 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2299 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2300 @end group
2301 @end smallexample
2302
2303 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2304 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2305 @code{init_table} as well:
2306
2307 @smallexample
2308 #include <stdio.h>
2309
2310 @group
2311 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2312 void
2313 yyerror (char const *s)
2314 @{
2315 printf ("%s\n", s);
2316 @}
2317 @end group
2318
2319 @group
2320 struct init
2321 @{
2322 char const *fname;
2323 double (*fnct) (double);
2324 @};
2325 @end group
2326
2327 @group
2328 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2329 @{
2330 "sin", sin,
2331 "cos", cos,
2332 "atan", atan,
2333 "ln", log,
2334 "exp", exp,
2335 "sqrt", sqrt,
2336 0, 0
2337 @};
2338 @end group
2339
2340 @group
2341 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2342 symrec *sym_table;
2343 @end group
2344
2345 @group
2346 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2347 void
2348 init_table (void)
2349 @{
2350 int i;
2351 symrec *ptr;
2352 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2353 @{
2354 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2355 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2356 @}
2357 @}
2358 @end group
2359
2360 @group
2361 int
2362 main (void)
2363 @{
2364 init_table ();
2365 return yyparse ();
2366 @}
2367 @end group
2368 @end smallexample
2369
2370 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2371 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2372
2373 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2374 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2375 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2376 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2377 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2378 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2379
2380 @smallexample
2381 symrec *
2382 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2383 @{
2384 symrec *ptr;
2385 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2386 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2387 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2388 ptr->type = sym_type;
2389 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2390 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2391 sym_table = ptr;
2392 return ptr;
2393 @}
2394
2395 symrec *
2396 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2397 @{
2398 symrec *ptr;
2399 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2400 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2401 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2402 return ptr;
2403 return 0;
2404 @}
2405 @end smallexample
2406
2407 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2408 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2409 characters with a leading non-digit are recognized as either variables or
2410 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2411
2412 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2413 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2414 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2415 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2416 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2417 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2418
2419 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2420 operators in @code{yylex}.
2421
2422 @smallexample
2423 @group
2424 #include <ctype.h>
2425 @end group
2426
2427 @group
2428 int
2429 yylex (void)
2430 @{
2431 int c;
2432
2433 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2434 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2435
2436 if (c == EOF)
2437 return 0;
2438 @end group
2439
2440 @group
2441 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2442 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2443 @{
2444 ungetc (c, stdin);
2445 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2446 return NUM;
2447 @}
2448 @end group
2449
2450 @group
2451 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2452 if (isalpha (c))
2453 @{
2454 symrec *s;
2455 static char *symbuf = 0;
2456 static int length = 0;
2457 int i;
2458 @end group
2459
2460 @group
2461 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2462 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2463 if (length == 0)
2464 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2465
2466 i = 0;
2467 do
2468 @end group
2469 @group
2470 @{
2471 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2472 if (i == length)
2473 @{
2474 length *= 2;
2475 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2476 @}
2477 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2478 symbuf[i++] = c;
2479 /* Get another character. */
2480 c = getchar ();
2481 @}
2482 @end group
2483 @group
2484 while (isalnum (c));
2485
2486 ungetc (c, stdin);
2487 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2488 @end group
2489
2490 @group
2491 s = getsym (symbuf);
2492 if (s == 0)
2493 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2494 yylval.tptr = s;
2495 return s->type;
2496 @}
2497
2498 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2499 return c;
2500 @}
2501 @end group
2502 @end smallexample
2503
2504 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2505 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2506 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2507
2508 @node Exercises
2509 @section Exercises
2510 @cindex exercises
2511
2512 @enumerate
2513 @item
2514 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2515
2516 @item
2517 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2518 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2519 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2520
2521 @item
2522 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2523 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2524 @end enumerate
2525
2526 @node Grammar File
2527 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2528
2529 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2530 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2531
2532 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2533 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2534
2535 @menu
2536 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2537 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2538 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2539 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2540 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2541 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2542 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2543 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2544 @end menu
2545
2546 @node Grammar Outline
2547 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2548
2549 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2550 appropriate delimiters:
2551
2552 @example
2553 %@{
2554 @var{Prologue}
2555 %@}
2556
2557 @var{Bison declarations}
2558
2559 %%
2560 @var{Grammar rules}
2561 %%
2562
2563 @var{Epilogue}
2564 @end example
2565
2566 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2567 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2568 continues until end of line.
2569
2570 @menu
2571 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2572 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2573 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2574 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2575 @end menu
2576
2577 @node Prologue
2578 @subsection The prologue
2579 @cindex declarations section
2580 @cindex Prologue
2581 @cindex declarations
2582
2583 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and
2584 declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the
2585 grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so
2586 that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2587 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you don't
2588 need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}}
2589 delimiters that bracket this section.
2590
2591 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2592 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2593 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2594 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2595 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2596 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2597 @code{%union} declaration.
2598
2599 @smallexample
2600 %@{
2601 #include <stdio.h>
2602 #include "ptypes.h"
2603 %@}
2604
2605 %union @{
2606 long int n;
2607 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2608 @}
2609
2610 %@{
2611 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2612 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2613 %@}
2614
2615 @dots{}
2616 @end smallexample
2617
2618 @node Bison Declarations
2619 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2620 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2621 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2622
2623 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2624 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2625 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2626 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2627
2628 @node Grammar Rules
2629 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2630 @cindex grammar rules section
2631 @cindex rules section for grammar
2632
2633 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2634 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2635
2636 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2637 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2638 if it is the first thing in the file.
2639
2640 @node Epilogue
2641 @subsection The epilogue
2642 @cindex additional C code section
2643 @cindex epilogue
2644 @cindex C code, section for additional
2645
2646 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2647 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2648 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2649 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2650 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2651 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2652 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2653 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2654 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2655
2656 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2657 from the grammar rules.
2658
2659 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose
2660 names start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a
2661 good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this
2662 manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file.
2663
2664 @node Symbols
2665 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2666 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2667 @cindex terminal symbol
2668 @cindex token type
2669 @cindex symbol
2670
2671 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2672 of the language.
2673
2674 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2675 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2676 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2677 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2678 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has been
2679 read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use the
2680 symbol to stand for it.
2681
2682 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically equivalent
2683 groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. By convention,
2684 it should be all lower case.
2685
2686 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2687 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2688
2689 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2690
2691 @itemize @bullet
2692 @item
2693 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2694 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2695 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2696 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2697
2698 @item
2699 @cindex character token
2700 @cindex literal token
2701 @cindex single-character literal
2702 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2703 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2704 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2705 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2706 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2707 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2708 ,Operator Precedence}).
2709
2710 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2711 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2712 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2713 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2714 your program will confuse other readers.
2715
2716 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2717 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2718 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2719 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2720 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2721 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2722 allowed.
2723
2724 @item
2725 @cindex string token
2726 @cindex literal string token
2727 @cindex multicharacter literal
2728 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2729 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2730 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2731 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2732 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2733
2734 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2735 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2736 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2737 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2738 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2739
2740 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2741
2742 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2743 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2744 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2745 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2746 read your program will be confused.
2747
2748 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2749 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2750 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2751 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2752 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2753 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2754 @end itemize
2755
2756 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2757 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2758 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2759
2760 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2761 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2762 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2763 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2764 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2765 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2766 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2767 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2768 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2769 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2770 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2771 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2772
2773 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2774 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2775 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2776 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2777 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2778
2779 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2780 host, you must use only non-null character tokens taken from the basic
2781 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2782 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2783 characters in the following C-language string:
2784
2785 @example
2786 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2787 @end example
2788
2789 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character
2790 set and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2791 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting program
2792 in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2793 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the
2794 tables generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2795 character tokens. It is standard
2796 practice for software distributions to contain C source files that
2797 were generated by Bison in an @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on
2798 platforms that are incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those
2799 files before compiling them.
2800
2801 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2802 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2803 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2804 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2805 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2806
2807 @node Rules
2808 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2809 @cindex rule syntax
2810 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2811 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2812
2813 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2814
2815 @example
2816 @group
2817 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2818 ;
2819 @end group
2820 @end example
2821
2822 @noindent
2823 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2824 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2825 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2826
2827 For example,
2828
2829 @example
2830 @group
2831 exp: exp '+' exp
2832 ;
2833 @end group
2834 @end example
2835
2836 @noindent
2837 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2838 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2839
2840 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2841 extra white space as you wish.
2842
2843 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2844 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2845
2846 @example
2847 @{@var{C statements}@}
2848 @end example
2849
2850 @noindent
2851 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2852 @xref{Actions}.
2853
2854 @findex |
2855 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2856 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2857
2858 @ifinfo
2859 @example
2860 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2861 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2862 @dots{}
2863 ;
2864 @end example
2865 @end ifinfo
2866 @iftex
2867 @example
2868 @group
2869 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2870 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2871 @dots{}
2872 ;
2873 @end group
2874 @end example
2875 @end iftex
2876
2877 @noindent
2878 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2879
2880 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2881 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2882 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2883
2884 @example
2885 @group
2886 expseq: /* empty */
2887 | expseq1
2888 ;
2889 @end group
2890
2891 @group
2892 expseq1: exp
2893 | expseq1 ',' exp
2894 ;
2895 @end group
2896 @end example
2897
2898 @noindent
2899 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2900 with no components.
2901
2902 @node Recursion
2903 @section Recursive Rules
2904 @cindex recursive rule
2905
2906 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal appears
2907 also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to use
2908 recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any number
2909 of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2910 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2911
2912 @example
2913 @group
2914 expseq1: exp
2915 | expseq1 ',' exp
2916 ;
2917 @end group
2918 @end example
2919
2920 @cindex left recursion
2921 @cindex right recursion
2922 @noindent
2923 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2924 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2925 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2926
2927 @example
2928 @group
2929 expseq1: exp
2930 | exp ',' expseq1
2931 ;
2932 @end group
2933 @end example
2934
2935 @noindent
2936 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2937 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2938 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2939 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2940 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2941 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2942 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2943 of this.
2944
2945 @cindex mutual recursion
2946 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2947 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2948 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
2949 side.
2950
2951 For example:
2952
2953 @example
2954 @group
2955 expr: primary
2956 | primary '+' primary
2957 ;
2958 @end group
2959
2960 @group
2961 primary: constant
2962 | '(' expr ')'
2963 ;
2964 @end group
2965 @end example
2966
2967 @noindent
2968 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
2969 other.
2970
2971 @node Semantics
2972 @section Defining Language Semantics
2973 @cindex defining language semantics
2974 @cindex language semantics, defining
2975
2976 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
2977 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
2978 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
2979
2980 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
2981 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
2982 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
2983 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
2984
2985 @menu
2986 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
2987 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
2988 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
2989 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
2990 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
2991 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
2992 action in the middle of a rule.
2993 @end menu
2994
2995 @node Value Type
2996 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
2997 @cindex semantic value type
2998 @cindex value type, semantic
2999 @cindex data types of semantic values
3000 @cindex default data type
3001
3002 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3003 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3004 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3005 Notation Calculator}).
3006
3007 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3008 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3009
3010 @example
3011 #define YYSTYPE double
3012 @end example
3013
3014 @noindent
3015 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3016 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3017
3018 @node Multiple Types
3019 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3020
3021 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3022 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3023 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type @code{char *},
3024 and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the symbol table.
3025
3026 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3027 requires you to do two things:
3028
3029 @itemize @bullet
3030 @item
3031 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3032 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3033 Value Types}).
3034
3035 @item
3036 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3037 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3038 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3039 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3040 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3041 @end itemize
3042
3043 @node Actions
3044 @subsection Actions
3045 @cindex action
3046 @vindex $$
3047 @vindex $@var{n}
3048
3049 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3050 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3051 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3052 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3053
3054 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3055 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3056 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3057 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3058 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3059 literals.
3060
3061 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3062 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3063 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3064 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3065 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3066
3067 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3068 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3069 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3070 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3071 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3072 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3073 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3074
3075 Here is a typical example:
3076
3077 @example
3078 @group
3079 exp: @dots{}
3080 | exp '+' exp
3081 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3082 @end group
3083 @end example
3084
3085 @noindent
3086 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3087 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3088 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3089 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3090 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3091 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3092 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3093 referred to as @code{$2}.
3094
3095 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3096 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3097 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3098 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3099 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3100
3101 @example
3102 @group
3103 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3104 @end group
3105 @end example
3106
3107 @cindex default action
3108 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3109 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3110 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3111 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3112 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3113 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3114
3115 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3116 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3117 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3118 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3119 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3120
3121 @example
3122 @group
3123 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3124 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3125 ;
3126 @end group
3127
3128 @group
3129 bar: /* empty */
3130 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3131 ;
3132 @end group
3133 @end example
3134
3135 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3136 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3137 definition of @code{foo}.
3138
3139 @node Action Types
3140 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3141 @cindex action data types
3142 @cindex data types in actions
3143
3144 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3145 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3146
3147 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3148 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3149 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3150 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3151 in the rule. In this example,
3152
3153 @example
3154 @group
3155 exp: @dots{}
3156 | exp '+' exp
3157 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3158 @end group
3159 @end example
3160
3161 @noindent
3162 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3163 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3164 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3165 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3166
3167 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3168 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3169 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3170
3171 @example
3172 @group
3173 %union @{
3174 int itype;
3175 double dtype;
3176 @}
3177 @end group
3178 @end example
3179
3180 @noindent
3181 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3182 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3183
3184 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3185 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3186 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3187 @cindex mid-rule actions
3188
3189 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3190 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3191 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3192
3193 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3194 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3195 it is run before they are parsed.
3196
3197 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3198 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3199 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3200 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3201 @code{$@var{n}}.
3202
3203 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3204 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3205 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3206 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3207 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3208 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3209
3210 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3211 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3212 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3213 at the end of the rule.
3214
3215 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3216 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3217 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3218 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3219 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3220 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3221
3222 @example
3223 @group
3224 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3225 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3226 declare_variable ($3); @}
3227 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3228 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3229 @end group
3230 @end example
3231
3232 @noindent
3233 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3234 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3235 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3236 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3237 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3238 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3239 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3240 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3241
3242 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3243 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3244 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3245 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3246 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3247
3248 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3249 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3250 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3251 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3252 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3253 declaration or not:
3254
3255 @example
3256 @group
3257 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3258 | '@{' statements '@}'
3259 ;
3260 @end group
3261 @end example
3262
3263 @noindent
3264 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3265
3266 @example
3267 @group
3268 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3269 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3270 @end group
3271 @group
3272 | '@{' statements '@}'
3273 ;
3274 @end group
3275 @end example
3276
3277 @noindent
3278 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3279 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3280 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3281 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3282 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3283 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3284
3285 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3286 actions into the two rules, like this:
3287
3288 @example
3289 @group
3290 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3291 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3292 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3293 '@{' statements '@}'
3294 ;
3295 @end group
3296 @end example
3297
3298 @noindent
3299 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3300 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3301
3302 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3303 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3304 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3305
3306 @example
3307 @group
3308 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3309 declarations statements '@}'
3310 | '@{' statements '@}'
3311 ;
3312 @end group
3313 @end example
3314
3315 @noindent
3316 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3317 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3318
3319 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3320 serves as a subroutine:
3321
3322 @example
3323 @group
3324 subroutine: /* empty */
3325 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3326 ;
3327
3328 @end group
3329
3330 @group
3331 compound: subroutine
3332 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3333 | subroutine
3334 '@{' statements '@}'
3335 ;
3336 @end group
3337 @end example
3338
3339 @noindent
3340 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3341 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3342 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3343 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3344 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3345
3346 @node Locations
3347 @section Tracking Locations
3348 @cindex location
3349 @cindex textual location
3350 @cindex location, textual
3351
3352 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3353 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3354 especially symbol locations.
3355
3356 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3357 actions to take when rules are matched.
3358
3359 @menu
3360 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3361 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3362 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3363 @end menu
3364
3365 @node Location Type
3366 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3367 @cindex data type of locations
3368 @cindex default location type
3369
3370 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3371 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3372
3373 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3374 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3375 four members:
3376
3377 @example
3378 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3379 @{
3380 int first_line;
3381 int first_column;
3382 int last_line;
3383 int last_column;
3384 @} YYLTYPE;
3385 @end example
3386
3387 @node Actions and Locations
3388 @subsection Actions and Locations
3389 @cindex location actions
3390 @cindex actions, location
3391 @vindex @@$
3392 @vindex @@@var{n}
3393
3394 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3395 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3396
3397 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3398 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3399 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3400 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3401 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3402 @code{@@$}.
3403
3404 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3405
3406 @example
3407 @group
3408 exp: @dots{}
3409 | exp '/' exp
3410 @{
3411 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3412 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3413 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3414 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3415 if ($3)
3416 $$ = $1 / $3;
3417 else
3418 @{
3419 $$ = 1;
3420 fprintf (stderr,
3421 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3422 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3423 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3424 @}
3425 @}
3426 @end group
3427 @end example
3428
3429 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3430 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3431 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3432 last symbol.
3433
3434 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3435 example above simply rewrites this way:
3436
3437 @example
3438 @group
3439 exp: @dots{}
3440 | exp '/' exp
3441 @{
3442 if ($3)
3443 $$ = $1 / $3;
3444 else
3445 @{
3446 $$ = 1;
3447 fprintf (stderr,
3448 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3449 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3450 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3451 @}
3452 @}
3453 @end group
3454 @end example
3455
3456 @node Location Default Action
3457 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3458 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3459
3460 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3461 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3462 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3463 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3464 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3465 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3466
3467 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3468 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3469
3470 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3471 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3472 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3473 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3474 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3475 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3476 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3477 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3478
3479 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3480
3481 @smallexample
3482 @group
3483 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3484 do \
3485 if (N) \
3486 @{ \
3487 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3488 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3489 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3490 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3491 @} \
3492 else \
3493 @{ \
3494 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3495 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3496 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3497 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3498 @} \
3499 while (0)
3500 @end group
3501 @end smallexample
3502
3503 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3504 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3505 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3506
3507 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3508
3509 @itemize @bullet
3510 @item
3511 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3512 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3513
3514 @item
3515 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3516 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3517 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3518 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3519
3520 @item
3521 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3522 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3523 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3524 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3525 @end itemize
3526
3527 @node Declarations
3528 @section Bison Declarations
3529 @cindex declarations, Bison
3530 @cindex Bison declarations
3531
3532 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3533 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3534 @xref{Symbols}.
3535
3536 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3537 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3538 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3539 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3540
3541 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3542 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3543 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3544 Grammars}).
3545
3546 @menu
3547 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3548 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3549 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3550 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3551 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3552 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3553 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3554 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3555 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3556 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3557 @end menu
3558
3559 @node Token Decl
3560 @subsection Token Type Names
3561 @cindex declaring token type names
3562 @cindex token type names, declaring
3563 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3564 @findex %token
3565
3566 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3567
3568 @example
3569 %token @var{name}
3570 @end example
3571
3572 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3573 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3574 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3575
3576 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3577 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3578 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3579 Precedence}.
3580
3581 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3582 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3583 following the token name:
3584
3585 @example
3586 %token NUM 300
3587 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3588 @end example
3589
3590 @noindent
3591 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3592 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3593 with each other or with normal characters.
3594
3595 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3596 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3597 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3598 Than One Value Type}).
3599
3600 For example:
3601
3602 @example
3603 @group
3604 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3605 double val;
3606 symrec *tptr;
3607 @}
3608 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3609 @end group
3610 @end example
3611
3612 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3613 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3614 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3615
3616 @example
3617 %token arrow "=>"
3618 @end example
3619
3620 @noindent
3621 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3622 equivalent literal string tokens:
3623
3624 @example
3625 %token <operator> OR "||"
3626 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3627 %left OR "<="
3628 @end example
3629
3630 @noindent
3631 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3632 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3633 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3634 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3635
3636 @node Precedence Decl
3637 @subsection Operator Precedence
3638 @cindex precedence declarations
3639 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3640 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3641
3642 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3643 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3644 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3645 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3646 operator precedence.
3647
3648 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3649 @code{%token}: either
3650
3651 @example
3652 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3653 @end example
3654
3655 @noindent
3656 or
3657
3658 @example
3659 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3660 @end example
3661
3662 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3663 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3664 all the @var{symbols}:
3665
3666 @itemize @bullet
3667 @item
3668 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3669 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3670 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3671 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3672 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3673 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3674 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3675 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3676 considered a syntax error.
3677
3678 @item
3679 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3680 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3681 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3682 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3683 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3684 @end itemize
3685
3686 @node Union Decl
3687 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3688 @cindex declaring value types
3689 @cindex value types, declaring
3690 @findex %union
3691
3692 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3693 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3694 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3695 C.
3696
3697 For example:
3698
3699 @example
3700 @group
3701 %union @{
3702 double val;
3703 symrec *tptr;
3704 @}
3705 @end group
3706 @end example
3707
3708 @noindent
3709 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3710 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3711 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3712 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3713
3714 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3715 @code{union}. For example:
3716
3717 @example
3718 @group
3719 %union value @{
3720 double val;
3721 symrec *tptr;
3722 @}
3723 @end group
3724 @end example
3725
3726 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3727 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3728 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3729
3730 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3731 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3732
3733 @node Type Decl
3734 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3735 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3736 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3737 @findex %type
3738
3739 @noindent
3740 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3741 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3742 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3743
3744 @example
3745 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3746 @end example
3747
3748 @noindent
3749 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3750 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3751 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3752 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3753 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3754 the symbol names.
3755
3756 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3757 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3758 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3759 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3760
3761 @node Initial Action Decl
3762 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3763 @findex %initial-action
3764
3765 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3766 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3767 code.
3768
3769 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3770 @findex %initial-action
3771 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3772 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3773 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3774 @code{%parse-param}.
3775 @end deffn
3776
3777 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3778
3779 @example
3780 %parse-param @{ const char *filename @};
3781 %initial-action
3782 @{
3783 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = filename;
3784 @};
3785 @end example
3786
3787
3788 @node Destructor Decl
3789 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3790 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3791 @findex %destructor
3792
3793 Some symbols can be discarded by the parser. For instance, during error
3794 recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), embarrassing symbols already pushed
3795 on the stack, and embarrassing tokens coming from the rest of the file
3796 are thrown away until the parser falls on its feet. If these symbols
3797 convey heap based information, this memory is lost. While this behavior
3798 can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as in compilers, it is not for
3799 possibly ``never ending'' parsers such as shells, or implementations of
3800 communication protocols.
3801
3802 The @code{%destructor} directive allows for the definition of code that
3803 is called when a symbol is thrown away.
3804
3805 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3806 @findex %destructor
3807 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked for each of the
3808 @var{symbols} that will be discarded by the parser. The @var{code}
3809 should use @code{$$} to designate the semantic value associated to the
3810 @var{symbols}. The additional parser parameters are also available
3811 (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
3812
3813 @strong{Warning:} as of Bison 1.875, this feature is still considered as
3814 experimental, as there was not enough user feedback. In particular,
3815 the syntax might still change.
3816 @end deffn
3817
3818 For instance:
3819
3820 @smallexample
3821 %union
3822 @{
3823 char *string;
3824 @}
3825 %token <string> STRING
3826 %type <string> string
3827 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3828 @end smallexample
3829
3830 @noindent
3831 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} will be discarded,
3832 its associated memory will be freed.
3833
3834 Note that in the future, Bison might also consider that right hand side
3835 members that are not mentioned in the action can be destroyed. For
3836 instance, in:
3837
3838 @smallexample
3839 comment: "/*" STRING "*/";
3840 @end smallexample
3841
3842 @noindent
3843 the parser is entitled to destroy the semantic value of the
3844 @code{string}. Of course, this will not apply to the default action;
3845 compare:
3846
3847 @smallexample
3848 typeless: string; // $$ = $1 does not apply; $1 is destroyed.
3849 typefull: string; // $$ = $1 applies, $1 is not destroyed.
3850 @end smallexample
3851
3852 @sp 1
3853
3854 @cindex discarded symbols
3855 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3856
3857 @itemize
3858 @item
3859 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3860 @item
3861 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3862 @item
3863 the current look-ahead when the parser aborts (either via an explicit
3864 call to @code{YYABORT}, or as a consequence of a failed error recovery).
3865 @end itemize
3866
3867
3868 @node Expect Decl
3869 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3870 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3871 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3872 @cindex warnings, preventing
3873 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3874 @findex %expect
3875 @findex %expect-rr
3876
3877 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3878 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3879 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3880 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3881 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3882 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3883
3884 The declaration looks like this:
3885
3886 @example
3887 %expect @var{n}
3888 @end example
3889
3890 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should be
3891 no warning if there are @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no
3892 reduce/reduce conflicts. The usual warning is
3893 given if there are either more or fewer conflicts, or if there are any
3894 reduce/reduce conflicts.
3895
3896 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more serious,
3897 and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3898 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, however,
3899 both shift/reduce and reduce/reduce are routine (otherwise, there
3900 would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing). Therefore, it is also possible
3901 to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts in @acronym{GLR}
3902 parsers, using the declaration:
3903
3904 @example
3905 %expect-rr @var{n}
3906 @end example
3907
3908 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3909
3910 @itemize @bullet
3911 @item
3912 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3913 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3914 print the number of conflicts.
3915
3916 @item
3917 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3918 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3919 go back to the beginning.
3920
3921 @item
3922 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3923 number which Bison printed.
3924 @end itemize
3925
3926 Now Bison will stop annoying you if you do not change the number of
3927 conflicts, but it will warn you again if changes in the grammar result
3928 in more or fewer conflicts.
3929
3930 @node Start Decl
3931 @subsection The Start-Symbol
3932 @cindex declaring the start symbol
3933 @cindex start symbol, declaring
3934 @cindex default start symbol
3935 @findex %start
3936
3937 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
3938 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
3939 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
3940
3941 @example
3942 %start @var{symbol}
3943 @end example
3944
3945 @node Pure Decl
3946 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
3947 @cindex reentrant parser
3948 @cindex pure parser
3949 @findex %pure-parser
3950
3951 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
3952 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
3953 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
3954 for example, a non-reentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
3955 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a non-reentrant
3956 program must be called only within interlocks.
3957
3958 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
3959 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
3960 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
3961 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
3962 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
3963
3964 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
3965 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
3966 reentrant. It looks like this:
3967
3968 @example
3969 %pure-parser
3970 @end example
3971
3972 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
3973 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
3974 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
3975 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
3976 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
3977 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
3978 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
3979 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
3980
3981 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
3982 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
3983 valid grammar.
3984
3985 @node Decl Summary
3986 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
3987 @cindex Bison declaration summary
3988 @cindex declaration summary
3989 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
3990
3991 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
3992
3993 @deffn {Directive} %union
3994 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
3995 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
3996 @end deffn
3997
3998 @deffn {Directive} %token
3999 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4000 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4001 @end deffn
4002
4003 @deffn {Directive} %right
4004 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4005 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4006 @end deffn
4007
4008 @deffn {Directive} %left
4009 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4010 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4011 @end deffn
4012
4013 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4014 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4015 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4016 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4017 @end deffn
4018
4019 @ifset defaultprec
4020 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4021 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4022 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4023 @end deffn
4024 @end ifset
4025
4026 @deffn {Directive} %type
4027 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4028 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4029 @end deffn
4030
4031 @deffn {Directive} %start
4032 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4033 Start-Symbol}).
4034 @end deffn
4035
4036 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4037 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4038 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4039 @end deffn
4040
4041
4042 @sp 1
4043 @noindent
4044 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4045 directives:
4046
4047 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4048 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4049 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4050 @end deffn
4051 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4052
4053 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4054 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4055 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4056 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4057 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4058
4059 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4060 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4061 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components
4062 that require other definitions, or if you have defined a
4063 @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic
4064 Values}), you need to arrange for these definitions to be propagated to
4065 all modules, e.g., by putting them in a
4066 prerequisite header that is included both by your parser and by any
4067 other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4068
4069 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4070 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4071 Parser}.
4072
4073 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4074 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4075 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4076 Locations}.
4077
4078 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the
4079 definition of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because
4080 @code{yylex} typically needs to be able to refer to the
4081 above-mentioned declarations and to the token type codes.
4082 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
4083 @end deffn
4084
4085 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4086 Specifying how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4087 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4088 @end deffn
4089
4090 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4091 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4092 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4093 @end deffn
4094
4095 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4096 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4097 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4098 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4099 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4100 accurate syntax error messages.
4101 @end deffn
4102
4103 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4104 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4105 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4106 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4107 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4108 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4109 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4110 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4111 Program}.
4112 @end deffn
4113
4114 @ifset defaultprec
4115 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4116 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4117 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4118 Precedence}).
4119 @end deffn
4120 @end ifset
4121
4122 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4123 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4124 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4125 declarations.
4126
4127 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4128 into a file named @file{@var{filename}.act}, in the form of a
4129 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4130 @end deffn
4131
4132 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4133 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4134 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4135 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4136 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4137 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4138 file in its own right.
4139 @end deffn
4140
4141 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{filename}"
4142 Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file.
4143 @end deffn
4144
4145 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4146 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4147 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4148 @end deffn
4149
4150 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4151 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4152 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4153 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4154 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4155 @code{"$end"},
4156 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4157 defined in the grammar file.
4158
4159 For single-character literal tokens and literal string tokens, the name
4160 in the table includes the single-quote or double-quote characters: for
4161 example, @code{"'+'"} is a single-character literal and @code{"\"<=\""}
4162 is a literal string token. All the characters of the literal string
4163 token appear verbatim in the string found in the table; even
4164 double-quote characters are not escaped. For example, if the token
4165 consists of three characters @samp{*"*}, its string in @code{yytname}
4166 contains @samp{"*"*"}. (In C, that would be written as
4167 @code{"\"*\"*\""}).
4168
4169 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4170 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4171 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4172
4173 @table @code
4174 @item YYNTOKENS
4175 The highest token number, plus one.
4176 @item YYNNTS
4177 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4178 @item YYNRULES
4179 The number of grammar rules,
4180 @item YYNSTATES
4181 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4182 @end table
4183 @end deffn
4184
4185 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4186 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4187 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4188 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4189 information.
4190 @end deffn
4191
4192 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4193 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4194 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4195 @end deffn
4196
4197
4198 @node Multiple Parsers
4199 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4200
4201 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4202 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4203 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4204 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4205
4206 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4207 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4208 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4209 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4210 names that do not conflict.
4211
4212 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4213 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4214 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4215 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4216
4217 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4218 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4219 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4220 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4221 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4222
4223 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4224 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4225 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4226 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4227
4228 @node Interface
4229 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4230 @cindex C-language interface
4231 @cindex interface
4232
4233 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4234 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4235 functions that it needs to use.
4236
4237 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4238 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4239 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4240 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4241
4242 @menu
4243 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4244 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4245 which reads tokens.
4246 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4247 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4248 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4249 native language.
4250 @end menu
4251
4252 @node Parser Function
4253 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4254 @findex yyparse
4255
4256 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4257 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4258 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4259 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4260 without reading further.
4261
4262
4263 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4264 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4265 is due to end-of-input).
4266
4267 The value is 1 if parsing failed (return is due to a syntax error).
4268 @end deftypefun
4269
4270 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4271 these macros:
4272
4273 @defmac YYACCEPT
4274 @findex YYACCEPT
4275 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4276 @end defmac
4277
4278 @defmac YYABORT
4279 @findex YYABORT
4280 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4281 @end defmac
4282
4283 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4284 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4285 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4286
4287 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4288 @findex %parse-param
4289 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4290 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4291 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4292 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4293 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4294 @end deffn
4295
4296 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4297
4298 @example
4299 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4300 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4301 @end example
4302
4303 @noindent
4304 Then call the parser like this:
4305
4306 @example
4307 @{
4308 int nastiness, randomness;
4309 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4310 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4311 @dots{}
4312 @}
4313 @end example
4314
4315 @noindent
4316 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4317
4318 @example
4319 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4320 @end example
4321
4322
4323 @node Lexical
4324 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4325 @findex yylex
4326 @cindex lexical analyzer
4327
4328 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4329 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4330 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4331 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4332
4333 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4334 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4335 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4336 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4337 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4338 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4339 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4340
4341 @menu
4342 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4343 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4344 of the token it has read.
4345 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4346 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4347 actions want that.
4348 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4349 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4350 @end menu
4351
4352 @node Calling Convention
4353 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4354
4355 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4356 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4357 signifies end-of-input.
4358
4359 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4360 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4361 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4362 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4363
4364 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4365 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4366 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4367 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4368 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4369 signifies end-of-input.
4370
4371 Here is an example showing these things:
4372
4373 @example
4374 int
4375 yylex (void)
4376 @{
4377 @dots{}
4378 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4379 return 0;
4380 @dots{}
4381 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4382 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4383 @dots{}
4384 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4385 @dots{}
4386 @}
4387 @end example
4388
4389 @noindent
4390 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4391 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4392
4393 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4394 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4395
4396 @itemize @bullet
4397 @item
4398 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4399 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4400 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4401 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4402
4403 @item
4404 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4405 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4406 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4407 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4408 token's characters are not escaped in any way; they appear verbatim in
4409 the contents of the string in the table.
4410
4411 Here's code for looking up a token in @code{yytname}, assuming that the
4412 characters of the token are stored in @code{token_buffer}.
4413
4414 @smallexample
4415 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4416 @{
4417 if (yytname[i] != 0
4418 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4419 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4420 strlen (token_buffer))
4421 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4422 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4423 break;
4424 @}
4425 @end smallexample
4426
4427 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4428 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4429 @end itemize
4430
4431 @node Token Values
4432 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4433
4434 @vindex yylval
4435 In an ordinary (non-reentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4436 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4437 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4438 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4439 @code{yylex}:
4440
4441 @example
4442 @group
4443 @dots{}
4444 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4445 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4446 @dots{}
4447 @end group
4448 @end example
4449
4450 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4451 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4452 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4453 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4454 declaration looks like this:
4455
4456 @example
4457 @group
4458 %union @{
4459 int intval;
4460 double val;
4461 symrec *tptr;
4462 @}
4463 @end group
4464 @end example
4465
4466 @noindent
4467 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4468
4469 @example
4470 @group
4471 @dots{}
4472 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4473 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4474 @dots{}
4475 @end group
4476 @end example
4477
4478 @node Token Locations
4479 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4480
4481 @vindex yylloc
4482 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4483 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the
4484 textual locations of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this
4485 information in @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to
4486 find the textual location of a token just parsed in the global variable
4487 @code{yylloc}. So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that
4488 variable.
4489
4490 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4491 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4492 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4493 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4494 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4495
4496 @tindex YYLTYPE
4497 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4498
4499 @node Pure Calling
4500 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4501
4502 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4503 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4504 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4505 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4506 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4507 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4508 pointers.
4509
4510 @example
4511 int
4512 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4513 @{
4514 @dots{}
4515 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4516 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4517 @dots{}
4518 @}
4519 @end example
4520
4521 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4522 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4523 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4524 only one argument.
4525
4526
4527 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4528 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4529 Function}).
4530
4531 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4532 @findex %lex-param
4533 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4534 argument declaration.
4535 @end deffn
4536
4537 For instance:
4538
4539 @example
4540 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4541 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4542 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4543 @end example
4544
4545 @noindent
4546 results in the following signature:
4547
4548 @example
4549 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4550 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4551 @end example
4552
4553 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4554
4555 @example
4556 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4557 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4558 @end example
4559
4560 @noindent
4561 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4562
4563 @example
4564 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4565 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4566 @end example
4567
4568 @node Error Reporting
4569 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4570 @cindex error reporting function
4571 @findex yyerror
4572 @cindex parse error
4573 @cindex syntax error
4574
4575 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4576 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4577 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4578 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4579 in Actions}).
4580
4581 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4582 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4583 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4584 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4585 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4586
4587 @findex %error-verbose
4588 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4589 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4590 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4591 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4592
4593 The parser can detect one other kind of error: stack overflow. This
4594 happens when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4595 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4596 parser extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4597 if overflow happens, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4598 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"parser stack
4599 overflow"}}.
4600
4601 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4602
4603 @example
4604 @group
4605 void
4606 yyerror (char const *s)
4607 @{
4608 @end group
4609 @group
4610 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4611 @}
4612 @end group
4613 @end example
4614
4615 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4616 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4617 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4618 immediately return 1.
4619
4620 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4621 an access to the current location.
4622 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4623 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4624 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4625 @code{yyerror} are:
4626
4627 @example
4628 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4629 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4630 @end example
4631
4632 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4633
4634 @example
4635 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4636 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4637 @end example
4638
4639 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4640 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4641 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4642 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4643
4644 @example
4645 /* Location tracking. */
4646 %locations
4647 /* Pure yylex. */
4648 %pure-parser
4649 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4650 /* Pure yyparse. */
4651 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4652 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4653 @end example
4654
4655 @noindent
4656 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4657
4658 @example
4659 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4660 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4661 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4662 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4663 char const *msg);
4664 @end example
4665
4666 @noindent
4667 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4668 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4669 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4670 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4671 message is always passed last.
4672
4673 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4674 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4675 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4676 @code{yyerror}.
4677
4678 @vindex yynerrs
4679 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4680 encountered so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4681 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4682 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4683
4684 @node Action Features
4685 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4686 @cindex summary, action features
4687 @cindex action features summary
4688
4689 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4690 are useful in actions.
4691
4692 @deffn {Variable} $$
4693 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4694 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4695 @end deffn
4696
4697 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4698 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4699 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4700 @end deffn
4701
4702 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4703 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4704 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4705 Types of Values in Actions}.
4706 @end deffn
4707
4708 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4709 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4710 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4711 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4712 @end deffn
4713
4714 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4715 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4716 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4717 @end deffn
4718
4719 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4720 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4721 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4722 @end deffn
4723
4724 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4725 @findex YYBACKUP
4726 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4727 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4728 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4729 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4730 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4731 going to be reduced by this rule.
4732
4733 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4734 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4735 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4736 recovery.
4737
4738 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4742 @vindex YYEMPTY
4743 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4744 @end deffn
4745
4746 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4747 @findex YYERROR
4748 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4749 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4750 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4751 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4752 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4753 @end deffn
4754
4755 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4756 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4757 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4758 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4759 @end deffn
4760
4761 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4762 Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser,
4763 this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is
4764 no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable.
4765 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4769 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4770 error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4771 @end deffn
4772
4773 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4774 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4775 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4776 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4777 @end deffn
4778
4779 @deffn {Value} @@$
4780 @findex @@$
4781 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4782 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4783 Tracking Locations}.
4784
4785 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4786
4787 @c @example
4788 @c struct @{
4789 @c int first_line, last_line;
4790 @c int first_column, last_column;
4791 @c @};
4792 @c @end example
4793
4794 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4795 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4796
4797 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4798 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4799 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4800 @c those members.
4801
4802 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4803 @end deffn
4804
4805 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4806 @findex @@@var{n}
4807 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4808 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4809 Tracking Locations}.
4810 @end deffn
4811
4812 @node Internationalization
4813 @section Parser Internationalization
4814 @cindex internationalization
4815 @cindex i18n
4816 @cindex NLS
4817 @cindex gettext
4818 @cindex bison-po
4819
4820 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4821 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4822 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language.
4823 To make this work, the user should set the usual environment
4824 variables. @xref{Using gettextized software, , User influence on
4825 @code{gettext}, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}. For
4826 example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might set
4827 the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4828 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4829 installation.
4830
4831 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4832 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4833 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4834 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4835
4836 @enumerate
4837 @item
4838 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4839 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4840 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4841 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4842 For example:
4843
4844 @example
4845 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4846 @end example
4847
4848 @item
4849 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4850 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4851 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4852 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4853 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable.
4854
4855 @item
4856 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4857 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4858 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4859 For example:
4860
4861 @example
4862 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4863 @end example
4864
4865 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4866 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4867 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
4868 @file{Makefile}.
4869
4870 @item
4871 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
4872 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
4873 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
4874
4875 @example
4876 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4877 @end example
4878
4879 or:
4880
4881 @example
4882 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4883 @end example
4884
4885 @item
4886 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
4887 infrastructure.
4888 @end enumerate
4889
4890
4891 @node Algorithm
4892 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
4893 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
4894 @cindex algorithm of parser
4895 @cindex shifting
4896 @cindex reduction
4897 @cindex parser stack
4898 @cindex stack, parser
4899
4900 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
4901 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
4902 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
4903
4904 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
4905 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
4906 that was shifted.
4907
4908 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
4909 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
4910 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
4911 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
4912 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
4913 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
4914 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
4915
4916 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
4917
4918 @example
4919 1 + 5 * 3
4920 @end example
4921
4922 @noindent
4923 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
4924 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
4925
4926 @example
4927 expr: expr '*' expr;
4928 @end example
4929
4930 @noindent
4931 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
4932
4933 @example
4934 1 + 15
4935 @end example
4936
4937 @noindent
4938 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
4939 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
4940
4941 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
4942 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
4943 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
4944
4945 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
4946
4947 @menu
4948 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
4949 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
4950 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
4951 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
4952 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
4953 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
4954 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
4955 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
4956 * Stack Overflow:: What happens when stack gets full. How to avoid it.
4957 @end menu
4958
4959 @node Look-Ahead
4960 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
4961 @cindex look-ahead token
4962
4963 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
4964 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
4965 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
4966 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
4967 token in order to decide what to do.
4968
4969 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
4970 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
4971 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
4972 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
4973 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
4974 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
4975 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
4976 application.
4977
4978 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
4979 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
4980 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
4981
4982 @example
4983 @group
4984 expr: term '+' expr
4985 | term
4986 ;
4987 @end group
4988
4989 @group
4990 term: '(' expr ')'
4991 | term '!'
4992 | NUMBER
4993 ;
4994 @end group
4995 @end example
4996
4997 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
4998 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
4999 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5000 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5001 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5002
5003 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5004 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5005 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5006 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5007 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5008 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5009
5010 @vindex yychar
5011 The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5012 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5013
5014 @node Shift/Reduce
5015 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5016 @cindex conflicts
5017 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5018 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5019 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5020
5021 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5022 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5023
5024 @example
5025 @group
5026 if_stmt:
5027 IF expr THEN stmt
5028 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5029 ;
5030 @end group
5031 @end example
5032
5033 @noindent
5034 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5035 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5036
5037 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5038 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5039 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5040 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5041 rule.
5042
5043 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5044 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5045 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5046 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5047 contrast it with the other alternative.
5048
5049 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5050 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5051 equivalent:
5052
5053 @example
5054 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5055
5056 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5057 @end example
5058
5059 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5060 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5061 making these two inputs equivalent:
5062
5063 @example
5064 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5065
5066 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5067 @end example
5068
5069 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5070 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5071 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5072 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5073 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5074 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5075 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5076 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5077
5078 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5079 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5080 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5081 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5082
5083 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5084 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5085 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5086 conflict:
5087
5088 @example
5089 @group
5090 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5091 %%
5092 @end group
5093 @group
5094 stmt: expr
5095 | if_stmt
5096 ;
5097 @end group
5098
5099 @group
5100 if_stmt:
5101 IF expr THEN stmt
5102 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5103 ;
5104 @end group
5105
5106 expr: variable
5107 ;
5108 @end example
5109
5110 @node Precedence
5111 @section Operator Precedence
5112 @cindex operator precedence
5113 @cindex precedence of operators
5114
5115 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5116 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5117 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5118 shift and when to reduce.
5119
5120 @menu
5121 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5122 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5123 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5124 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5125 @end menu
5126
5127 @node Why Precedence
5128 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5129
5130 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5131 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5132
5133 @example
5134 @group
5135 expr: expr '-' expr
5136 | expr '*' expr
5137 | expr '<' expr
5138 | '(' expr ')'
5139 @dots{}
5140 ;
5141 @end group
5142 @end example
5143
5144 @noindent
5145 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5146 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5147 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5148 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5149 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5150 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5151 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5152 different results.
5153
5154 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5155 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5156 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5157 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5158 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5159 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5160 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5161 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5162 @samp{<}.
5163
5164 @cindex associativity
5165 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5166 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5167 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5168 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5169 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5170 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5171 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5172 makes right-associativity.
5173
5174 @node Using Precedence
5175 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5176 @findex %left
5177 @findex %right
5178 @findex %nonassoc
5179
5180 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5181 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5182 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5183 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5184 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5185 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5186 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5187 row''.
5188
5189 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5190 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5191 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5192 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5193 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5194
5195 @node Precedence Examples
5196 @subsection Precedence Examples
5197
5198 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5199
5200 @example
5201 %left '<'
5202 %left '-'
5203 %left '*'
5204 @end example
5205
5206 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5207 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5208 declared with @code{'-'}:
5209
5210 @example
5211 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5212 %left '+' '-'
5213 %left '*' '/'
5214 @end example
5215
5216 @noindent
5217 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5218 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5219 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5220
5221 @node How Precedence
5222 @subsection How Precedence Works
5223
5224 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5225 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5226 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5227 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5228 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5229 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5230
5231 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5232 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5233 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5234 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5235 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5236 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5237 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5238 resolved.
5239
5240 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5241 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5242
5243 @node Contextual Precedence
5244 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5245 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5246 @cindex unary operator precedence
5247 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5248 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5249 @findex %prec
5250
5251 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5252 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5253 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5254 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5255
5256 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5257 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5258 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5259 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5260 modifier for rules.
5261
5262 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5263 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5264 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5265 modifier's syntax is:
5266
5267 @example
5268 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5269 @end example
5270
5271 @noindent
5272 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5273 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5274 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5275 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5276 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5277
5278 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5279 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5280 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5281 precedence:
5282
5283 @example
5284 @dots{}
5285 %left '+' '-'
5286 %left '*'
5287 %left UMINUS
5288 @end example
5289
5290 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5291
5292 @example
5293 @group
5294 exp: @dots{}
5295 | exp '-' exp
5296 @dots{}
5297 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5298 @end group
5299 @end example
5300
5301 @ifset defaultprec
5302 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5303 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5304 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5305 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5306
5307 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5308 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5309 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5310 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5311
5312 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5313 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5314 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5315 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5316 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5317 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5318
5319 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5320 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5321 @end ifset
5322
5323 @node Parser States
5324 @section Parser States
5325 @cindex finite-state machine
5326 @cindex parser state
5327 @cindex state (of parser)
5328
5329 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5330 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5331 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5332 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5333 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5334
5335 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5336 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5337 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5338 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5339 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5340 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5341 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5342 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5343 pushed.
5344
5345 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5346 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5347 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5348
5349 @node Reduce/Reduce
5350 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5351 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5352 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5353
5354 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5355 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5356 in the grammar.
5357
5358 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5359 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5360
5361 @example
5362 sequence: /* empty */
5363 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5364 | maybeword
5365 | sequence word
5366 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5367 ;
5368
5369 maybeword: /* empty */
5370 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5371 | word
5372 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5373 ;
5374 @end example
5375
5376 @noindent
5377 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5378 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5379 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5380 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5381 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5382 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5383
5384 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5385 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5386 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5387
5388 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5389 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5390 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5391 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5392 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5393
5394 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5395 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5396 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5397 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5398
5399 @example
5400 sequence: /* empty */
5401 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5402 | sequence word
5403 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5404 ;
5405 @end example
5406
5407 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5408
5409 @example
5410 sequence: /* empty */
5411 | sequence words
5412 | sequence redirects
5413 ;
5414
5415 words: /* empty */
5416 | words word
5417 ;
5418
5419 redirects:/* empty */
5420 | redirects redirect
5421 ;
5422 @end example
5423
5424 @noindent
5425 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5426 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5427 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5428 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5429 in infinitely many ways!
5430
5431 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5432 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5433 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5434 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5435
5436 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5437 of sequence:
5438
5439 @example
5440 sequence: /* empty */
5441 | sequence word
5442 | sequence redirect
5443 ;
5444 @end example
5445
5446 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5447 from being empty:
5448
5449 @example
5450 sequence: /* empty */
5451 | sequence words
5452 | sequence redirects
5453 ;
5454
5455 words: word
5456 | words word
5457 ;
5458
5459 redirects:redirect
5460 | redirects redirect
5461 ;
5462 @end example
5463
5464 @node Mystery Conflicts
5465 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5466
5467 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5468 Here is an example:
5469
5470 @example
5471 @group
5472 %token ID
5473
5474 %%
5475 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5476 ;
5477 param_spec:
5478 type
5479 | name_list ':' type
5480 ;
5481 @end group
5482 @group
5483 return_spec:
5484 type
5485 | name ':' type
5486 ;
5487 @end group
5488 @group
5489 type: ID
5490 ;
5491 @end group
5492 @group
5493 name: ID
5494 ;
5495 name_list:
5496 name
5497 | name ',' name_list
5498 ;
5499 @end group
5500 @end example
5501
5502 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5503 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5504 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5505 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5506
5507 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5508 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5509 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5510 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5511 an @code{ID}
5512 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5513 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5514 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5515 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5516 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5517 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5518 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5519 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5520 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5521
5522 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5523 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5524 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5525 and tend to
5526 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5527 as it is now.
5528
5529 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5530 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5531 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5532 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5533
5534 @example
5535 @group
5536 %token BOGUS
5537 @dots{}
5538 %%
5539 @dots{}
5540 return_spec:
5541 type
5542 | name ':' type
5543 /* This rule is never used. */
5544 | ID BOGUS
5545 ;
5546 @end group
5547 @end example
5548
5549 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5550 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5551 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5552 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5553 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5554 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5555
5556 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5557 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5558 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5559 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5560 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5561 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5562
5563 @example
5564 param_spec:
5565 type
5566 | name_list ':' type
5567 ;
5568 return_spec:
5569 type
5570 | ID ':' type
5571 ;
5572 @end example
5573
5574 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5575 generators, please see:
5576 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5577 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5578 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5579 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5580
5581 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5582 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5583 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5584 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5585 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5586 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
5587
5588 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5589 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5590 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5591 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5592 context-free languages.
5593 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5594 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5595 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5596 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5597 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5598 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5599 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5600 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5601
5602 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5603 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5604 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5605 parser uses the same basic
5606 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5607 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5608 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5609 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5610 situation, it
5611 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5612 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5613 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5614 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5615 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5616
5617 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5618 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5619 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5620 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5621 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5622 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5623 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5624 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5625 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5626 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5627 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5628 stream.
5629
5630 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5631 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5632 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5633 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5634 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5635 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5636 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5637 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5638 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5639 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5640 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5641 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5642
5643 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5644 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5645 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5646 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5647 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5648 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5649 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5650 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5651 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or non-deterministic
5652 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5653 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5654 Usually, non-determinism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5655 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5656 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5657 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5658 Bison parser.
5659
5660 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5661 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5662 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5663 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5664 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5665 (2000-12-24).
5666
5667 @node Stack Overflow
5668 @section Stack Overflow, and How to Avoid It
5669 @cindex stack overflow
5670 @cindex parser stack overflow
5671 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5672
5673 The Bison parser stack can overflow if too many tokens are shifted and
5674 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5675 returns a nonzero value, pausing only to call @code{yyerror} to report
5676 the overflow.
5677
5678 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5679 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5680 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5681
5682 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5683 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5684 parser stack can become before a stack overflow occurs. Define the
5685 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5686 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5687
5688 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5689 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser actually allocates a small
5690 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5691 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5692 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5693 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5694
5695 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5696 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5697 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5698 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5699
5700 @cindex default stack limit
5701 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5702 10000.
5703
5704 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5705 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5706 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5707 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5708 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5709 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5710
5711 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be a value so large that arithmetic
5712 overflow would occur when calculating the size of the stack space.
5713 Also, do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than
5714 @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5715
5716 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5717 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5718 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison by compiled as C++
5719 cannot grow. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5720 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. In the near future, a C++ output
5721 output will be provided which addresses this issue.
5722
5723 @node Error Recovery
5724 @chapter Error Recovery
5725 @cindex error recovery
5726 @cindex recovery from errors
5727
5728 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5729 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5730 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5731 another expression.
5732
5733 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5734 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5735 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5736 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5737 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5738 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5739 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5740
5741 @findex error
5742 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5743 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5744 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5745 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5746 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5747 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5748
5749 For example:
5750
5751 @example
5752 stmnts: /* empty string */
5753 | stmnts '\n'
5754 | stmnts exp '\n'
5755 | stmnts error '\n'
5756 @end example
5757
5758 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5759 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5760
5761 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5762 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5763 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5764 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5765 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5766 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5767 applicable in the ordinary way.
5768
5769 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5770 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5771 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5772 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5773 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5774 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5775 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5776 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5777 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5778 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5779 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5780 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5781
5782 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5783 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5784 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5785
5786 @example
5787 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5788 @end example
5789
5790 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5791 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5792 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5793 spurious error message:
5794
5795 @example
5796 primary: '(' expr ')'
5797 | '(' error ')'
5798 @dots{}
5799 ;
5800 @end example
5801
5802 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5803 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5804 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5805 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5806 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5807 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5808 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5809 @code{stmnt}.
5810
5811 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5812 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5813 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5814 error messages resume.
5815
5816 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5817 as any other rules can.
5818
5819 @findex yyerrok
5820 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5821 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5822 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5823 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5824
5825 @findex yyclearin
5826 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5827 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5828 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5829 action.
5830
5831 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5832 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5833 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5834 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5835 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5836
5837 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5838 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5839 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5840 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5841 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5842
5843 @node Context Dependency
5844 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5845
5846 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5847 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5848 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5849 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5850 languages.
5851
5852 @menu
5853 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5854 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5855 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5856 error recovery rules must be written.
5857 @end menu
5858
5859 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5860 neither clean nor robust.)
5861
5862 @node Semantic Tokens
5863 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5864
5865 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5866 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5867
5868 @example
5869 foo (x);
5870 @end example
5871
5872 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5873 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5874 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5875
5876 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5877 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5878 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5879 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5880 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5881
5882 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5883 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5884 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
5885 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
5886 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
5887 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
5888 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
5889
5890 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
5891 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
5892 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
5893 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
5894 earlier:
5895
5896 @example
5897 typedef int foo, bar;
5898 int baz (void)
5899 @{
5900 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
5901 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
5902 return foo (bar);
5903 @}
5904 @end example
5905
5906 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
5907 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
5908
5909 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
5910 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
5911 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
5912 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
5913 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
5914
5915 @example
5916 initdcl:
5917 declarator maybeasm '='
5918 init
5919 | declarator maybeasm
5920 ;
5921
5922 notype_initdcl:
5923 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
5924 init
5925 | notype_declarator maybeasm
5926 ;
5927 @end example
5928
5929 @noindent
5930 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
5931 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
5932 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
5933
5934 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
5935 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
5936 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
5937 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
5938 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
5939 the syntactic context.
5940
5941 @node Lexical Tie-ins
5942 @section Lexical Tie-ins
5943 @cindex lexical tie-in
5944
5945 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
5946 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
5947 parsed.
5948
5949 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
5950 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
5951 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
5952 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
5953 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
5954
5955 @example
5956 @group
5957 %@{
5958 int hexflag;
5959 int yylex (void);
5960 void yyerror (char const *);
5961 %@}
5962 %%
5963 @dots{}
5964 @end group
5965 @group
5966 expr: IDENTIFIER
5967 | constant
5968 | HEX '('
5969 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
5970 expr ')'
5971 @{ hexflag = 0;
5972 $$ = $4; @}
5973 | expr '+' expr
5974 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
5975 @dots{}
5976 ;
5977 @end group
5978
5979 @group
5980 constant:
5981 INTEGER
5982 | STRING
5983 ;
5984 @end group
5985 @end example
5986
5987 @noindent
5988 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
5989 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
5990 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
5991
5992 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
5993 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
5994 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
5995
5996 @node Tie-in Recovery
5997 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
5998
5999 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6000 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6001
6002 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6003 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6004 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6005 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6006
6007 @example
6008 stmt: expr ';'
6009 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6010 @dots{}
6011 error ';'
6012 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6013 ;
6014 @end example
6015
6016 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6017 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6018 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6019 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6020 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6021
6022 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6023
6024 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6025 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6026 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6027
6028 @example
6029 @group
6030 expr: @dots{}
6031 | '(' expr ')'
6032 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6033 | '(' error ')'
6034 @dots{}
6035 @end group
6036 @end example
6037
6038 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6039 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6040 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6041 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6042
6043 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6044 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6045 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6046 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6047 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6048 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6049 clear the flag.
6050
6051 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6052
6053 @node Debugging
6054 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6055
6056 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6057 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6058 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6059 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6060 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6061 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6062
6063 @menu
6064 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6065 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6066 @end menu
6067
6068 @node Understanding
6069 @section Understanding Your Parser
6070
6071 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6072 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6073 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6074 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6075 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6076 file).
6077
6078 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6079 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6080 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6081 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6082 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6083 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6084 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6085
6086 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6087
6088 @example
6089 %token NUM STR
6090 %left '+' '-'
6091 %left '*'
6092 %%
6093 exp: exp '+' exp
6094 | exp '-' exp
6095 | exp '*' exp
6096 | exp '/' exp
6097 | NUM
6098 ;
6099 useless: STR;
6100 %%
6101 @end example
6102
6103 @command{bison} reports:
6104
6105 @example
6106 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6107 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6108 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6109 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6110 @end example
6111
6112 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6113 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6114 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6115 interpretation is the same.
6116
6117 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6118 to precedence and/or associativity:
6119
6120 @example
6121 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6122 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6123 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6124 @exdent @dots{}
6125 @end example
6126
6127 @noindent
6128 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6129
6130 @example
6131 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6132 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6133 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6134 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6135 @end example
6136
6137 @noindent
6138 @cindex token, useless
6139 @cindex useless token
6140 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6141 @cindex useless nonterminal
6142 @cindex rule, useless
6143 @cindex useless rule
6144 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6145 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6146 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6147 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6148 below):
6149
6150 @example
6151 Useless nonterminals:
6152 useless
6153
6154 Terminals which are not used:
6155 STR
6156
6157 Useless rules:
6158 #6 useless: STR;
6159 @end example
6160
6161 @noindent
6162 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6163
6164 @example
6165 Grammar
6166
6167 Number, Line, Rule
6168 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6169 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6170 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6171 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6172 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6173 5 9 exp -> NUM
6174 @end example
6175
6176 @noindent
6177 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6178
6179 @example
6180 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6181
6182 $end (0) 0
6183 '*' (42) 3
6184 '+' (43) 1
6185 '-' (45) 2
6186 '/' (47) 4
6187 error (256)
6188 NUM (258) 5
6189
6190 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6191
6192 $accept (8)
6193 on left: 0
6194 exp (9)
6195 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6196 @end example
6197
6198 @noindent
6199 @cindex item
6200 @cindex pointed rule
6201 @cindex rule, pointed
6202 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6203 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6204 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6205 that the input cursor.
6206
6207 @example
6208 state 0
6209
6210 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6211
6212 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6213
6214 exp go to state 2
6215 @end example
6216
6217 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6218 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6219 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6220 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6221 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6222 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6223 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6224 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6225
6226 @cindex core, item set
6227 @cindex item set core
6228 @cindex kernel, item set
6229 @cindex item set core
6230 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6231 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6232 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6233 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6234 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6235 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6236 be derived:
6237
6238 @example
6239 state 0
6240
6241 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6242 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6243 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6244 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6245 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6246 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6247
6248 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6249
6250 exp go to state 2
6251 @end example
6252
6253 @noindent
6254 In the state 1...
6255
6256 @example
6257 state 1
6258
6259 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6260
6261 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6262 @end example
6263
6264 @noindent
6265 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6266 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6267 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6268 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6269
6270 @example
6271 state 2
6272
6273 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6274 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6275 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6276 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6277 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6278
6279 $ shift, and go to state 3
6280 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6281 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6282 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6283 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6284 @end example
6285
6286 @noindent
6287 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6288 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6289 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6290 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6291 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6292 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6293
6294 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6295 state}:
6296
6297 @example
6298 state 3
6299
6300 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6301
6302 $default accept
6303 @end example
6304
6305 @noindent
6306 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6307 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6308
6309 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6310 the reader.
6311
6312 @example
6313 state 4
6314
6315 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6316
6317 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6318
6319 exp go to state 8
6320
6321 state 5
6322
6323 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6324
6325 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6326
6327 exp go to state 9
6328
6329 state 6
6330
6331 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6332
6333 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6334
6335 exp go to state 10
6336
6337 state 7
6338
6339 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6340
6341 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6342
6343 exp go to state 11
6344 @end example
6345
6346 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6347 1 shift/reduce}:
6348
6349 @example
6350 state 8
6351
6352 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6353 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6354 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6355 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6356 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6357
6358 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6359 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6360
6361 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6362 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6363 @end example
6364
6365 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6366 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6367 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6368 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6369 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6370 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6371 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6372 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6373
6374 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6375 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6376 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6377 square brackets.
6378
6379 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6380 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6381 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6382 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6383 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6384 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6385 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6386 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6387 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6388 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6389 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6390 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6391
6392 @example
6393 state 8
6394
6395 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6396 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6397 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6398 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6399 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6400
6401 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6402 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6403
6404 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6405 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6406 @end example
6407
6408 The remaining states are similar:
6409
6410 @example
6411 state 9
6412
6413 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6414 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6415 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6416 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6417 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6418
6419 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6420 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6421
6422 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6423 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6424
6425 state 10
6426
6427 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6428 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6429 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6430 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6431 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6432
6433 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6434
6435 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6436 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6437
6438 state 11
6439
6440 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6441 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6442 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6443 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6444 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6445
6446 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6447 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6448 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6449 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6450
6451 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6452 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6453 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6454 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6455 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6456 @end example
6457
6458 @noindent
6459 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6460 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6461 @samp{*}, but also because the
6462 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6463
6464
6465 @node Tracing
6466 @section Tracing Your Parser
6467 @findex yydebug
6468 @cindex debugging
6469 @cindex tracing the parser
6470
6471 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6472 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6473
6474 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6475
6476 @table @asis
6477 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6478 @findex YYDEBUG
6479 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6480 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6481 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6482 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6483 Prologue}).
6484
6485 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6486 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6487 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6488
6489 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6490 @findex %debug
6491 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6492 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6493 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6494 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6495 you, this is
6496 the preferred solution.
6497 @end table
6498
6499 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6500 always possible.
6501
6502 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6503 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6504 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6505 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6506 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6507 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6508
6509 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6510 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6511 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6512 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6513
6514 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6515 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6516 messages tell you these things:
6517
6518 @itemize @bullet
6519 @item
6520 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6521
6522 @item
6523 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6524 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6525
6526 @item
6527 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6528 of the state stack afterward.
6529 @end itemize
6530
6531 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6532 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6533 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6534 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6535 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6536 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6537 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6538 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6539 grammar are to blame.
6540
6541 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6542 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6543 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6544 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6545 the grammar it is working.
6546
6547 @findex YYPRINT
6548 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6549 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6550 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6551 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6552 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6553 value (from @code{yylval}).
6554
6555 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6556 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6557
6558 @smallexample
6559 %@{
6560 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6561 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6562 %@}
6563
6564 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6565
6566 static void
6567 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6568 @{
6569 if (type == VAR)
6570 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6571 else if (type == NUM)
6572 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6573 @}
6574 @end smallexample
6575
6576 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6577
6578 @node Invocation
6579 @chapter Invoking Bison
6580 @cindex invoking Bison
6581 @cindex Bison invocation
6582 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6583
6584 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6585
6586 @example
6587 bison @var{infile}
6588 @end example
6589
6590 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6591 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6592 with @samp{.tab.c}. Thus, the @samp{bison foo.y} filename yields
6593 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} filename yields
6594 @file{hack/foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6595 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6596 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6597 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6598 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6599 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate filenames like
6600 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6601
6602 For example :
6603
6604 @example
6605 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6606 @end example
6607 @noindent
6608 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6609
6610 @example
6611 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6612 @end example
6613 @noindent
6614 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6615
6616 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6617 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6618 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6619
6620 @menu
6621 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6622 in alphabetical order by short options.
6623 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6624 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6625 @end menu
6626
6627 @node Bison Options
6628 @section Bison Options
6629
6630 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6631 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6632 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6633 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6634 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6635 @samp{=}.
6636
6637 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6638 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6639 option.
6640
6641 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6642 @noindent
6643 Operations modes:
6644 @table @option
6645 @item -h
6646 @itemx --help
6647 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6648
6649 @item -V
6650 @itemx --version
6651 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6652
6653 @item --print-localedir
6654 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6655
6656 @need 1750
6657 @item -y
6658 @itemx --yacc
6659 Equivalent to @samp{-o y.tab.c}; the parser output file is called
6660 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6661 @file{y.tab.h}. The purpose of this option is to imitate Yacc's output
6662 file name conventions. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6663 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6664 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6665
6666 @example
6667 #! /bin/sh
6668 bison -y "$@@"
6669 @end example
6670 @end table
6671
6672 @noindent
6673 Tuning the parser:
6674
6675 @table @option
6676 @item -S @var{file}
6677 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6678 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6679 you are developing Bison.
6680
6681 @item -t
6682 @itemx --debug
6683 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6684 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6685 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6686
6687 @item --locations
6688 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6689
6690 @item -p @var{prefix}
6691 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6692 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6693 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6694
6695 @item -l
6696 @itemx --no-lines
6697 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6698 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6699 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6700 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6701 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6702
6703 @item -n
6704 @itemx --no-parser
6705 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6706
6707 @item -k
6708 @itemx --token-table
6709 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6710 @end table
6711
6712 @noindent
6713 Adjust the output:
6714
6715 @table @option
6716 @item -d
6717 @itemx --defines
6718 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6719 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6720 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6721
6722 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6723 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6724
6725 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6726 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6727 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6728 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6729
6730 @item -r @var{things}
6731 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6732 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6733 separated list of @var{things} among:
6734
6735 @table @code
6736 @item state
6737 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6738 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6739
6740 @item look-ahead
6741 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6742 each rule's look-ahead set.
6743
6744 @item itemset
6745 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6746 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6747 @end table
6748
6749 For instance, on the following grammar
6750
6751 @item -v
6752 @itemx --verbose
6753 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6754 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6755 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6756
6757 @item -o @var{filename}
6758 @itemx --output=@var{filename}
6759 Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file.
6760
6761 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{filename} as
6762 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6763
6764 @item -g
6765 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6766 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6767 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6768 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6769
6770 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6771 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6772 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6773 the output graph filename.
6774 @end table
6775
6776 @node Option Cross Key
6777 @section Option Cross Key
6778
6779 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6780 the corresponding short option.
6781
6782 @tex
6783 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6784
6785 {\tt
6786 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6787 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6788 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6789 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6790 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6791 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6792 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6793 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6794 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6795 \line{ --print-localedir}
6796 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6797 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6798 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6799 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6800 }
6801 @end tex
6802
6803 @ifinfo
6804 @example
6805 --debug -t
6806 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6807 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6808 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6809 --help -h
6810 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6811 --no-lines -l
6812 --no-parser -n
6813 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6814 --print-localedir
6815 --token-table -k
6816 --verbose -v
6817 --version -V
6818 --yacc -y
6819 @end example
6820 @end ifinfo
6821
6822 @node Yacc Library
6823 @section Yacc Library
6824
6825 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6826 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6827 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6828 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6829 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6830 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6831 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6832
6833 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6834 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6835
6836 @example
6837 int yyerror (char const *);
6838 @end example
6839
6840 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6841 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6842 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6843
6844 @example
6845 int yyparse (void);
6846 @end example
6847
6848 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6849
6850 @node C++ Language Interface
6851 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6852
6853 @menu
6854 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6855 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6856 @end menu
6857
6858 @node C++ Parsers
6859 @section C++ Parsers
6860
6861 @menu
6862 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6863 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6864 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6865 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6866 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6867 @end menu
6868
6869 @node C++ Bison Interface
6870 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6871 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6872 @c - Always pure
6873 @c - initial action
6874
6875 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6876 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
6877 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
6878 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
6879 files:
6880 @table @file
6881 @item position.hh
6882 @itemx location.hh
6883 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
6884 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
6885
6886 @item stack.hh
6887 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
6888
6889 @item @var{filename}.hh
6890 @itemx @var{filename}.cc
6891 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
6892 @var{filename} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
6893 rules as with regular C parsers.
6894
6895 Note that @file{@var{filename}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
6896 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
6897 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
6898 @samp{%defines} directive.
6899 @end table
6900
6901 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
6902 for a complete and accurate documentation.
6903
6904 @node C++ Semantic Values
6905 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
6906 @c - No objects in unions
6907 @c - YSTYPE
6908 @c - Printer and destructor
6909
6910 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
6911 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
6912 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
6913 within pseudo-unions (variants) might be implemented to alleviate
6914 these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
6915 @itemize @minus
6916 @item
6917 The name @code{YYSTYPE} also denotes @samp{union YYSTYPE}. You may
6918 forward declare it just with @samp{union YYSTYPE;}.
6919 @item
6920 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
6921 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
6922 to such objects are allowed.
6923 @end itemize
6924
6925 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
6926 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
6927 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
6928 Symbols}.
6929
6930
6931 @node C++ Location Values
6932 @subsection C++ Location Values
6933 @c - %locations
6934 @c - class Position
6935 @c - class Location
6936 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
6937
6938 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
6939 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
6940 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
6941 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
6942 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
6943
6944 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} filename
6945 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
6946 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
6947 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
6948 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
6949 @end deftypemethod
6950
6951 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
6952 The line, starting at 1.
6953 @end deftypemethod
6954
6955 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6956 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
6957 @end deftypemethod
6958
6959 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
6960 The column, starting at 0.
6961 @end deftypemethod
6962
6963 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6964 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
6965 @end deftypemethod
6966
6967 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6968 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6969 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6970 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6971 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
6972 @end deftypemethod
6973
6974 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
6975 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
6976 @samp{@var{filename}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
6977 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{filename} is null.
6978 @end deftypemethod
6979
6980 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
6981 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
6982 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
6983 @end deftypemethod
6984
6985 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6986 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6987 Advance the @code{end} position.
6988 @end deftypemethod
6989
6990 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
6991 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
6992 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
6993 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
6994 @end deftypemethod
6995
6996 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
6997 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
6998 @end deftypemethod
6999
7000
7001 @node C++ Parser Interface
7002 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7003 @c - define parser_class_name
7004 @c - Ctor
7005 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7006 @c debug_stream.
7007 @c - Reporting errors
7008
7009 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7010 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7011 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7012 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7013 this class is detailled below. It can be extended using the
7014 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7015 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7016 additional argument for its constructor.
7017
7018 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7019 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7020 The types for semantics value and locations.
7021 @end defcv
7022
7023 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7024 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7025 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7026 @end deftypemethod
7027
7028 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7029 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7030 @end deftypemethod
7031
7032 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7033 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7034 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7035 @code{std::cerr}.
7036 @end deftypemethod
7037
7038 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7039 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7040 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7041 or non-zero, full tracing.
7042 @end deftypemethod
7043
7044 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7045 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7046 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7047 described by @var{m}.
7048 @end deftypemethod
7049
7050
7051 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7052 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7053 @c - prefix for yylex.
7054 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7055 @c - %lex-param
7056
7057 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7058 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7059 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7060
7061 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7062 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7063 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7064 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7065 @end deftypemethod
7066
7067
7068 @node A Complete C++ Example
7069 @section A Complete C++ Example
7070
7071 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7072 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7073 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7074 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7075 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7076 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7077 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7078 actually easier to interface with.
7079
7080 @menu
7081 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7082 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7083 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7084 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7085 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7086 @end menu
7087
7088 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7089 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7090
7091 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7092 expression, possibily preceded by variable assignments. An
7093 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7094 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7095 of valid input follows.
7096
7097 @example
7098 three := 3
7099 seven := one + two * three
7100 seven * seven
7101 @end example
7102
7103 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7104 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7105 @c - An env
7106 @c - A place to store error messages
7107 @c - A place for the result
7108
7109 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7110 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7111 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7112 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7113 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7114 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7115 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7116
7117 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7118 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7119 required standard library components.
7120
7121 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7122 @example
7123 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7124 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7125 # include <string>
7126 # include <map>
7127 @end example
7128
7129 @noindent
7130 Then come forward declarations. Because the parser uses the parsing
7131 driver and reciprocally, simple inclusions of header files will not
7132 do. Because the driver's declaration is the one that will be imported
7133 by the rest of the project, it is saner to forward declare the
7134 parser's information here.
7135
7136 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7137 @example
7138 // Forward declarations.
7139 union YYSTYPE;
7140 namespace yy
7141 @{
7142 class location;
7143 class calcxx_parser;
7144 @}
7145 class calcxx_driver;
7146 @end example
7147
7148 @noindent
7149 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7150 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7151 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7152 factor both as follows.
7153
7154 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7155 @example
7156 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7157 # define YY_DECL \
7158 int yylex (YYSTYPE* yylval, yy::location* yylloc, calcxx_driver& driver)
7159 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7160 YY_DECL;
7161 @end example
7162
7163 @noindent
7164 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7165 members.
7166
7167 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7168 @example
7169 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7170 class calcxx_driver
7171 @{
7172 public:
7173 calcxx_driver ();
7174 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7175
7176 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7177
7178 int result;
7179 @end example
7180
7181 @noindent
7182 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7183 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7184 members.
7185
7186 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7187 @example
7188 // Handling the scanner.
7189 void scan_begin ();
7190 void scan_end ();
7191 bool trace_scanning;
7192 @end example
7193
7194 @noindent
7195 Similarly for the parser itself.
7196
7197 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7198 @example
7199 // Handling the parser.
7200 void parse (const std::string& f);
7201 std::string file;
7202 bool trace_parsing;
7203 @end example
7204
7205 @noindent
7206 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7207 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7208 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7209 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7210
7211 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7212 @example
7213 // Error handling.
7214 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7215 void error (const std::string& m);
7216 @};
7217 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7218 @end example
7219
7220 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7221 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7222 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7223 messages and set error state.
7224
7225 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7226 @example
7227 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7228 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7229
7230 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7231 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7232 @{
7233 variables["one"] = 1;
7234 variables["two"] = 2;
7235 @}
7236
7237 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7238 @{
7239 @}
7240
7241 void
7242 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7243 @{
7244 file = f;
7245 scan_begin ();
7246 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7247 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7248 parser.parse ();
7249 scan_end ();
7250 @}
7251
7252 void
7253 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7254 @{
7255 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7256 @}
7257
7258 void
7259 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7260 @{
7261 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7262 @}
7263 @end example
7264
7265 @node Calc++ Parser
7266 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7267
7268 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking
7269 for the C++ skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7270 specifies the name of the parser class. It then includes the required
7271 headers.
7272
7273 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7274 @example
7275 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7276 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7277 %defines
7278 %@{
7279 # include <string>
7280 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7281 %@}
7282 @end example
7283
7284 @noindent
7285 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7286 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7287 global variables.
7288
7289 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7290 @example
7291 // The parsing context.
7292 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7293 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7294 @end example
7295
7296 @noindent
7297 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7298 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7299 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7300 automatically propagated.
7301
7302 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7303 @example
7304 %locations
7305 %initial-action
7306 @{
7307 // Initialize the initial location.
7308 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7309 @};
7310 @end example
7311
7312 @noindent
7313 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7314 error messages.
7315
7316 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7317 @example
7318 %debug
7319 %error-verbose
7320 @end example
7321
7322 @noindent
7323 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7324 them.
7325
7326 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7327 @example
7328 // Symbols.
7329 %union
7330 @{
7331 int ival;
7332 std::string *sval;
7333 @};
7334 @end example
7335
7336 @noindent
7337 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7338 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7339 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7340 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7341 avoid name clashes.
7342
7343 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7344 @example
7345 %token YYEOF 0 "end of file"
7346 %token TOKEN_ASSIGN ":="
7347 %token <sval> TOKEN_IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7348 %token <ival> TOKEN_NUMBER "number"
7349 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7350 @end example
7351
7352 @noindent
7353 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7354 @code{%destructor}.
7355
7356 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7357 @example
7358 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7359 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7360
7361 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7362 @end example
7363
7364 @noindent
7365 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7366
7367 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7368 @example
7369 %%
7370 %start unit;
7371 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7372
7373 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7374 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7375
7376 assignment: TOKEN_IDENTIFIER ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7377
7378 %left '+' '-';
7379 %left '*' '/';
7380 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7381 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7382 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7383 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7384 | TOKEN_IDENTIFIER @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7385 | TOKEN_NUMBER @{ $$ = $1; @};
7386 %%
7387 @end example
7388
7389 @noindent
7390 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7391 driver.
7392
7393 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7394 @example
7395 void
7396 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7397 const std::string& m)
7398 @{
7399 driver.error (l, m);
7400 @}
7401 @end example
7402
7403 @node Calc++ Scanner
7404 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7405
7406 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7407 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7408
7409 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7410 @example
7411 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7412 # include <string>
7413 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7414 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7415 %@}
7416 @end example
7417
7418 @noindent
7419 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7420 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7421 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7422 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7423
7424 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7425 @example
7426 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7427 @end example
7428
7429 @noindent
7430 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7431
7432 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7433 @example
7434 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7435 int [0-9]+
7436 blank [ \t]
7437 @end example
7438
7439 @noindent
7440 The following paragraph suffices to track locations acurately. Each
7441 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7442 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7443 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7444 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7445 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7446 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7447
7448 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7449 @example
7450 %@{
7451 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7452 %@}
7453 %%
7454 %@{
7455 yylloc->step ();
7456 %@}
7457 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7458 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7459 @end example
7460
7461 @noindent
7462 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report
7463 errors.
7464
7465 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7466 @example
7467 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7468 ":=" return TOKEN_ASSIGN;
7469 @{int@} yylval->ival = atoi (yytext); return TOKEN_NUMBER;
7470 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return TOKEN_IDENTIFIER;
7471 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7472 %%
7473 @end example
7474
7475 @noindent
7476 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7477 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7478
7479 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7480 @example
7481 void
7482 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7483 @{
7484 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7485 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7486 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7487 @}
7488
7489 void
7490 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7491 @{
7492 fclose (yyin);
7493 @}
7494 @end example
7495
7496 @node Calc++ Top Level
7497 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7498
7499 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7500
7501 @comment file: calc++.cc
7502 @example
7503 #include <iostream>
7504 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7505
7506 int
7507 main (int argc, const char* argv[])
7508 @{
7509 calcxx_driver driver;
7510 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7511 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7512 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7513 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7514 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7515 else
7516 @{
7517 driver.parse (*argv);
7518 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7519 @}
7520 @}
7521 @end example
7522
7523 @c ================================================= FAQ
7524
7525 @node FAQ
7526 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7527 @cindex frequently asked questions
7528 @cindex questions
7529
7530 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7531 are addressed.
7532
7533 @menu
7534 * Parser Stack Overflow:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7535 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7536 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7537 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7538 @end menu
7539
7540 @node Parser Stack Overflow
7541 @section Parser Stack Overflow
7542
7543 @display
7544 My parser returns with error with a @samp{parser stack overflow}
7545 message. What can I do?
7546 @end display
7547
7548 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7549 ,Recursive Rules}.
7550
7551 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7552 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7553
7554 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7555 following typical questions:
7556
7557 @display
7558 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7559 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7560 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7561 @end display
7562
7563 @noindent
7564 or
7565
7566 @display
7567 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7568 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7569 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7570 @end display
7571
7572 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7573 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7574 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7575 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7576 @file{first-line.l}:
7577
7578 @verbatim
7579 %{
7580 #include <stdio.h>
7581 #include <stdlib.h>
7582 %}
7583 %%
7584 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7585 %%
7586 int
7587 yyparse (char const *file)
7588 {
7589 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7590 if (!yyin)
7591 exit (2);
7592 /* One token only. */
7593 yylex ();
7594 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7595 exit (3);
7596 return 0;
7597 }
7598
7599 int
7600 main (void)
7601 {
7602 yyparse ("input");
7603 yyparse ("input");
7604 return 0;
7605 }
7606 @end verbatim
7607
7608 @noindent
7609 If the file @file{input} contains
7610
7611 @verbatim
7612 input:1: Hello,
7613 input:2: World!
7614 @end verbatim
7615
7616 @noindent
7617 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7618
7619 @example
7620 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7621 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7622 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7623 input:1: Hello,
7624 input:2: World!
7625 @end example
7626
7627 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7628 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7629 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7630 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7631 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7632 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7633 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7634 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7635 input buffers.
7636
7637 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7638 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7639 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7640 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7641
7642 @node Strings are Destroyed
7643 @section Strings are Destroyed
7644
7645 @display
7646 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7647 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7648 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7649 @end display
7650
7651 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7652 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7653 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7654
7655 @verbatim
7656 %{
7657 #include <stdio.h>
7658 char *yylval = NULL;
7659 %}
7660 %%
7661 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7662 \n /* IGNORE */
7663 %%
7664 int
7665 main ()
7666 {
7667 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7668 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7669 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7670 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7671 return 0;
7672 }
7673 @end verbatim
7674
7675 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7676
7677 @example
7678 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7679 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7680 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7681 "one
7682 two", "two"
7683 @end example
7684
7685 @noindent
7686 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7687 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7688 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7689 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7690 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7691 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7692
7693 @example
7694 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7695 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7696 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7697 "two", "two"
7698 @end example
7699
7700
7701 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7702 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7703
7704 @display
7705 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7706 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7707 @end display
7708
7709 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7710 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7711 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7712 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7713 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7714 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7715 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7716
7717 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7718 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7719 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7720 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7721 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7722 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7723 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7724 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7725 compiler.
7726
7727 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7728 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7729
7730
7731
7732 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7733
7734 @node Table of Symbols
7735 @appendix Bison Symbols
7736 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7737 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7738
7739 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7740 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7741 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7742 @end deffn
7743
7744 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7745 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7746 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7747 @end deffn
7748
7749 @deffn {Variable} $$
7750 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7751 @xref{Actions}.
7752 @end deffn
7753
7754 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7755 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7756 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7757 @end deffn
7758
7759 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7760 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7761 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7762 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7763 @end deffn
7764
7765 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7766 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7767 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7768 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7769 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7770 Grammar}.
7771 @end deffn
7772
7773 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7774 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7775 @end deffn
7776
7777 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7778 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7779 Grammar Rules}.
7780 @end deffn
7781
7782 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7783 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7784 @end deffn
7785
7786 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7787 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7788 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7789 @end deffn
7790
7791 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7792 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7793 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7794 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7795 @end deffn
7796
7797 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7798 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7799 @end deffn
7800
7801 @ifset defaultprec
7802 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7803 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7804 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7805 Precedence}.
7806 @end deffn
7807 @end ifset
7808
7809 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7810 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7811 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7812 @end deffn
7813
7814 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7815 Specifying how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7816 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7817 @end deffn
7818
7819 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7820 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7821 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7822 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7823 @end deffn
7824
7825 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7826 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7827 used in the grammar.
7828 @end deffn
7829
7830 @deffn {Symbol} error
7831 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7832 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7833 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7834 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7835 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7836 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7837 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7838 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7839 @end deffn
7840
7841 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7842 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7843 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7844 @end deffn
7845
7846 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7847 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
7848 Summary}.
7849 @end deffn
7850
7851 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
7852 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
7853 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7854 @end deffn
7855
7856 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
7857 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
7858 @end deffn
7859
7860 @deffn {Directive} %left
7861 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
7862 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7863 @end deffn
7864
7865 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7866 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7867 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
7868 for Pure Parsers}.
7869 @end deffn
7870
7871 @deffn {Directive} %merge
7872 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
7873 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
7874 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
7875 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7876 @end deffn
7877
7878 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7879 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7880 @end deffn
7881
7882 @ifset defaultprec
7883 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
7884 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7885 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7886 Precedence}.
7887 @end deffn
7888 @end ifset
7889
7890 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
7891 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
7892 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7893 @end deffn
7894
7895 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
7896 Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s).
7897 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7898 @end deffn
7899
7900 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{filename}"
7901 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
7902 Summary}.
7903 @end deffn
7904
7905 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7906 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7907 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
7908 Function @code{yyparse}}.
7909 @end deffn
7910
7911 @deffn {Directive} %prec
7912 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
7913 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
7914 @end deffn
7915
7916 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
7917 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
7918 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
7919 @end deffn
7920
7921 @deffn {Directive} %right
7922 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
7923 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7924 @end deffn
7925
7926 @deffn {Directive} %start
7927 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
7928 Start-Symbol}.
7929 @end deffn
7930
7931 @deffn {Directive} %token
7932 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
7933 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
7934 @end deffn
7935
7936 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
7937 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
7938 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7939 @end deffn
7940
7941 @deffn {Directive} %type
7942 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
7943 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
7944 @end deffn
7945
7946 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
7947 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
7948 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
7949 @code{error}.
7950 @end deffn
7951
7952 @deffn {Directive} %union
7953 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
7954 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
7955 @end deffn
7956
7957 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
7958 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
7959 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
7960 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
7961 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7962 @end deffn
7963
7964 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
7965 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
7966 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
7967 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7968 @end deffn
7969
7970 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
7971 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
7972 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
7973 @end deffn
7974
7975 @deffn {Variable} yychar
7976 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current
7977 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
7978 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
7979 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
7980 @end deffn
7981
7982 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
7983 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
7984 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
7985 @end deffn
7986
7987 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
7988 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
7989 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7990 @end deffn
7991
7992 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
7993 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
7994 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
7995 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7996 @end deffn
7997
7998 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
7999 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8000 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8001 @end deffn
8002
8003 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8004 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8005 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8006 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8007 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8008 @end deffn
8009
8010 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8011 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8012 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8013 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8014 @end deffn
8015
8016 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8017 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8018 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8019 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8020 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8021 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8022 @end deffn
8023
8024 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8025 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8026 @xref{Stack Overflow}.
8027 @end deffn
8028
8029 @deffn {Function} yylex
8030 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8031 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8032 @code{yylex}}.
8033 @end deffn
8034
8035 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8036 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8037 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. he use of this
8038 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8039 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8040 @end deffn
8041
8042 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8043 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8044 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8045 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8046 @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the
8047 @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Locations,
8048 ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8049 @end deffn
8050
8051 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8052 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8053 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8054 @end deffn
8055
8056 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8057 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8058 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8059 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8060 @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8061 @end deffn
8062
8063 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8064 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Stack
8065 Overflow}.
8066 @end deffn
8067
8068 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8069 Global variable which Bison increments each time there is a syntax error.
8070 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8071 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8072 @end deffn
8073
8074 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8075 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8076 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8077 @end deffn
8078
8079 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8080 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8081 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8082 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8083 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8084 @end deffn
8085
8086 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8087 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8088 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8089 @end deffn
8090
8091 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8092 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8093 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8094 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8095 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8096 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8097 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8098
8099 If you define @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} to 1, it is your
8100 responsibility to make sure that @code{alloca} is visible, e.g., by
8101 using @acronym{GCC} or by including @code{<stdlib.h>}. Furthermore,
8102 in the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8103 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8104 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8105 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8106 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8107 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8108 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8109 @end deffn
8110
8111 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8112 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8113 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8114 @end deffn
8115
8116 @node Glossary
8117 @appendix Glossary
8118 @cindex glossary
8119
8120 @table @asis
8121 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8122 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8123 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8124 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8125 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8126
8127 @item Context-free grammars
8128 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8129 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8130 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8131 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8132 Grammars}.
8133
8134 @item Dynamic allocation
8135 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8136 compile time or on entry to a function.
8137
8138 @item Empty string
8139 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8140 character string of length zero.
8141
8142 @item Finite-state stack machine
8143 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8144 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8145 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8146 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8147 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8148 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8149
8150 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8151 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8152 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8153 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8154 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8155 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8156 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8157 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8158
8159 @item Grouping
8160 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8161 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8162 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8163
8164 @item Infix operator
8165 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8166 performs some operation.
8167
8168 @item Input stream
8169 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8170
8171 @item Language construct
8172 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8173 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8174 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8175
8176 @item Left associativity
8177 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8178 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8179 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8180
8181 @item Left recursion
8182 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8183 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8184 Rules}.
8185
8186 @item Left-to-right parsing
8187 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8188 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8189
8190 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8191 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8192 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8193
8194 @item Lexical tie-in
8195 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8196 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8197
8198 @item Literal string token
8199 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8200
8201 @item Look-ahead token
8202 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8203 Tokens}.
8204
8205 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8206 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8207 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8208 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8209
8210 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8211 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8212 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8213
8214 @item Nonterminal symbol
8215 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8216 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8217 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8218
8219 @item Parser
8220 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8221 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8222 analyzer.
8223
8224 @item Postfix operator
8225 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8226 performs some operation.
8227
8228 @item Reduction
8229 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8230 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8231 Parser Algorithm}.
8232
8233 @item Reentrant
8234 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8235 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8236 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8237
8238 @item Reverse polish notation
8239 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8240
8241 @item Right recursion
8242 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8243 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8244 Rules}.
8245
8246 @item Semantics
8247 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8248 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8249 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8250
8251 @item Shift
8252 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8253 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8254 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8255
8256 @item Single-character literal
8257 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8258 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8259
8260 @item Start symbol
8261 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8262 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8263 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8264 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8265
8266 @item Symbol table
8267 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8268 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8269 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8270
8271 @item Syntax error
8272 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8273 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8274
8275 @item Token
8276 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8277 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8278 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8279 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8280
8281 @item Terminal symbol
8282 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8283 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8284 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8285 @end table
8286
8287 @node Copying This Manual
8288 @appendix Copying This Manual
8289
8290 @menu
8291 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8292 @end menu
8293
8294 @include fdl.texi
8295
8296 @node Index
8297 @unnumbered Index
8298
8299 @printindex cp
8300
8301 @bye
8302
8303 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8304 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8305 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8306 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8307 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8308 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8309 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8310 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8311 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8312 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8313 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8314 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8315 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8316 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8317 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8318 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8319 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8320 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8321 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8322 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8323 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8324 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8325 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8326 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8327 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8328 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8329 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8330 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8331 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex